zte gsm bts operational template.pdf

209
ZXG10-BSS Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters) Version 2.80 ZTE CORPORATION ZTE Plaza, Keji Road South, Hi-Tech Industrial Park, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, P. R. China 518057 Tel: (86) 755 26771900 800-9830-9830 Fax: (86) 755 26772236 URL: http://support.zte.com.cn E-mail: [email protected]

Upload: babu-poudel

Post on 03-Jan-2016

528 views

Category:

Documents


32 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSSBase Station Subsystem

Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Version 2.80

ZTE CORPORATIONZTE Plaza, Keji Road South,Hi-Tech Industrial Park,Nanshan District, Shenzhen,P. R. China518057Tel: (86) 755 26771900 800-9830-9830Fax: (86) 755 26772236URL: http://support.zte.com.cnE-mail: [email protected]

Page 2: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

LEGAL INFORMATION

Copyright © 2005 ZTE CORPORATION.

The contents of this document are protected by copyright laws and international treaties. Any reproduction or distribution of this document or any portion of this document, in any form by any means, without the prior written consent of ZTE CORPORATION is prohibited. Additionally, the contents of this document are protected by contractual confidentiality obligations.

All company, brand and product names are trade or service marks, or registered trade or service marks, of ZTE CORPORATION or of their respective owners.

This document is provided “as is”, and all express, implied, or statutory warranties, representations or conditions are disclaimed, including without limitation any implied warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, title or non-infringement. ZTE CORPORATION and its licensors shall not be liable for damages resulting from the use of or reliance on the information contained herein.

ZTE CORPORATION or its licensors may have current or pending intellectual property rights or applications covering the subject matter of this document. Except as expressly provided in any written license between ZTE CORPORATION and its licensee, the user of this document shall not acquire any license to the subject matter herein.

The contents of this document and all policies of ZTE CORPORATION, including without limitation policies related to support or training are subject to change without notice.

Revision History

Date Revision No. Serial No. Description

2005/09/30 R1.0 sjzl20060086

Page 3: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZTE CORPORATIONValues Your Comments & Suggestions!Your opinion is of great value and will help us improve the quality of our product documentation and offer better services to our customers.

Please fax to: (86) 755-26772236; or mail to Publications R&D Department, ZTE CORPORATION, ZTE Plaza, A Wing, Keji Road South, Hi-Tech Industrial Park, Shenzhen, P. R. China 518057.

Thank you for your cooperation!

Document Name

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Product Version

V2.80 Document Revision Number

R1.0

Equipment Installation Date

Your evaluation of this documentation

Presentation:

(Introductions, Procedures, Illustrations, Completeness, Level of Detail, Organization, Appearance)

Good Fair Average Poor Bad N/A

Accessibil ity:

(Contents, Index, Headings, Numbering, Glossary)

Good Fair Average Poor Bad N/A

Intel l igibil ity:

(Language, Vocabulary, Readability & Clarity, Technical Accuracy, Content)

Good Fair Average Poor Bad N/A

Your suggestions for improvement of this documentation

Please check the suggestions which you feel can improve this documentation:

Improve the overview/introduction Make it more concise/brief

Improve the Contents Add more step-by-step procedures/tutorials

Improve the organization Add more troubleshooting information

Include more figures Make it less technical

Add more examples Add more/better quick reference aids

Add more detail Improve the index

Other suggestions

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________

# Please feel free to write any comments on an attached sheet.

If you wish to be contacted regarding your comments, please complete the fol lowing:

Name Company

Postcode Address

Telephone E-mail

Page 4: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 5: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Contents

About this Operation Manual.............................................................ix

Purpose of this Operation Manual.......................................................................x

Typographical Conventions..............................................................................xi

Mouse Operation Conventions..........................................................................xii

Safety Signs................................................................................................xii

How to Get in Touch.....................................................................................xiii

Customer Support.................................................................................................xiii

Documentation Support..........................................................................................xiii

Chapter 1............................................................................14

Overview.......................................................................................14

Radio Resource Management..........................................................................15

Precautions in Radio Parameters Adjustment.......................................................16

Chapter 2............................................................................18

BS System Radio Parameters...........................................................18

BS Controller Parameters...............................................................................19

Basic Property Parameters.......................................................................................19

Timer Parameters.................................................................................................23

GPRS Maximum Retrying Times Parameters.................................................................45

GPRS Timer Parameters..........................................................................................48

Other GPRS Property Parameters...............................................................................51

Dynamic HR Property Parameters..............................................................................56

BVC Flow Control Property Parameters .......................................................................57

BS Parameters............................................................................................59

External Cell Parameters................................................................................59

3G External Cell Parameters...........................................................................66

Chapter 3............................................................................68

Cell Parameters..............................................................................68

Basic Parameters 1.......................................................................................69

Basic Parameters 2.......................................................................................74

Optional Parameters.....................................................................................80

Page 6: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Cell Selection Parameters...............................................................................84

Service Process Additional Parameters...............................................................89

System Parameters......................................................................................95

Cell Optional Parameters..............................................................................100

Other Parameters.......................................................................................103

GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters..................................................................106

GPRS NC Survey Parameters.........................................................................114

GPRS Cell Options Prameters.........................................................................118

GPRS Other Parameters...............................................................................123

GPRS Channel Parameters............................................................................127

GPRS Power Control Parameters....................................................................132

Dynamic HR Parameters..............................................................................135

Chapter 4..........................................................................139

Cell Object Parameters..................................................................139

TRX Parameters.........................................................................................140

Interference Cell Parameters.........................................................................140

CA Frequency parameters............................................................................141

Power Control Parameters............................................................................142

Power Survey Parameters......................................................................................142

Power Adjust Threshold Parameters..........................................................................145

Power Control Parameters......................................................................................150

Other Parameters................................................................................................150

GPRS Power Control parameters..............................................................................153

Handover Control Parameters........................................................................156

Handover Pretreatment Parameters..........................................................................156

Handover Threshold Parameters..............................................................................161

Handover Condition Parameters...............................................................................168

Handover Control Parameters.................................................................................171

Other Parameters................................................................................................172

Handover Arithmetic Parameters..............................................................................174

Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters............................................177

Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters................................................................181

Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters..............................................................182

Frequency Hopping System Parameters...........................................................182

Channel Parameters....................................................................................182

3G Cell Control Parameters...........................................................................185

Basic Property Parameters.....................................................................................185

GPRS Property Parameters.....................................................................................190

3G Handover Control Parameters...................................................................194

3G Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters..........................................................196

Page 7: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

3G Handover Cell Parameters........................................................................196

3G Handover and Reselection Parameters.........................................................198

Figures..............................................................................199

Tables...............................................................................201

Page 8: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 9: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

About this Operation Manual

ZXG10 is a GSM mobile communication system independently developed by ZTE Corporation. It is composed of ZXG10-MSS Mobile Switching Subsystem and ZXG10-BSS Base Station Subsystem. Providing and managing radio transmission in GSM, ZXG10-BSS comprises of equipments such as ZXG10-BSC Base Station Controller and ZXG10-BTS Base Transceiver Station.

ZXG10-BSC (V2) is 2nd generation base station controller product of ZTE. It has large capacity, high reliability, high cost-performance ratio, perfect functions and strong service supporting capability.

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) consists of ZXG10-BSC (V2.80) Base Station Controller and ZXG10-BTS Base Transceiver Station (a generic term for ZTE series BTSs).

ZXG10-OMCR (V2.80) is the operation and maintenance platform for ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem.

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters) introduces parameters of ZXG10-OMCR (V2.80) system related to radio devices and radio resource. It works with ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Configuration Management).

This set of document contains following manuals:

ZXG10-BSC (V2.80) Base Station Controller Guide to Documentation

2nd Generation Mobile Communication Technology Basic Knowledge

ZXG10-BSC (V2.80) Base Station Controller Technical Manual

ZXG10-BSC (V2.80) Base Station Controller Hardware Manual

ZXG10-BSC (V2.80) Base Station Controller Installation Manual (Hardware)

ZXG10-BSC (V2.80) Base Station Controller Installation Manual (Software)

ZXG10-BSC (V2.80) Base Station Controller Installation Manual (System Debugging)

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem NM Technical Manual

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION ix

Page 10: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Configuration Management)

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Fault Management)

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Performance Management)

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Performance Measurement Counter)

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Security Management & System Tool)

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Command Manual

ZXG10-BSC (V2.80) Base Station Controller Maintenance Manual (Troubleshooting)

ZXG10-BSC (V2.80) Base Station Controller Maintenance Manual Routing Maintenance)

ZXG10-BSC (V2.80) Base Station Controller Maintenance Manual (Emergency Maintenance)

In this manual, BSC (V2) is for ZXG10-BSC (V2.80) in short, BSS (V2) for ZXG10-BSS and OMCR (V2) for ZXG10-OMCR (V2.80).

Purpose of this Operation ManualThis manual falls into four chapters:

Chapter 1, Overview, introduces types, management and precautions of OMCR (V2) radio parameters.

Chapter 2, BS System Radio Parameters, introduces all parameters of OMCR (V2) base station controller.

Chapter 3, Cell Parameters, introduces all radio parameters of OMCR (V2) cells, including basic parameters, optional feature parameters, cell optional parameters, service process additional parameters, system parameters and other parameters related to GPRS.

Chapter 4, Cell Object Parameters, introduces all object parameters of OMCR (V2), including parameters of TRX, interference cell, CA frequency, power control, handover control, adjacent cells handover and reselection, frequency hopping system, channels and parameters related to 3G services.

x Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 11: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

About this Operation Manual

Typographical ConventionsZTE documents employ with the following typographical conventions.

TA B L E 1 TY P O G R A P H I C A L CO N V E N T I O N S

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION xi

Typeface Meaning

Italics References to other guides and documents.

“Quotes” Links on screens.

Bold Menus, menu options, function names, input fields, radio button names, check boxes, drop-down lists, dialog box names, window names.

CAPS Keys on the keyboard and buttons on screens and company name.

Constant width Text that you type, program code, files and directory names, and function names.

[ ] Optional parameters

{ } Mandatory parameters

| Select one of the parameters that are delimited by it

Note: Provides additional information about a certain topic.

Checkpoint: Indicates that a particular step needs to be checked before proceeding further.

Tip: Indicates a suggestion or hint to make things easier or more productive for the reader.

Page 12: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Mouse Operation Conventions

TA B L E 2 MO U S E OP E R A T I O N CO N V E N T I O N S

Safety Signs

TA B L E 3 SA F E T Y S I G N S

Safety Signs Meaning

Danger: Indicates an imminently hazardous situation, which if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. This signal word must be limited to only extreme situations.

Warning: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

Caution: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices.

Erosion: Beware of erosion.

Electric shock: There is a risk of electric shock.

Electrostatic: The device may be sensitive to static electricity.

Microwave: Beware of strong electromagnetic field.

Laser: Beware of strong laser beam.

No flammables: No flammables can be stored.

No touching: Do not touch.

xii Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Typeface Meaning

Click Refers to clicking the primary mouse button (usually the left mouse button) once.

Double-click Refers to quickly clicking the primary mouse button (usually the left mouse button) twice.

Right-click Refers to clicking the secondary mouse button (usually the right mouse button) once.

Drag Refers to pressing and holding a mouse button and moving the mouse.

Page 13: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

About this Operation Manual

Safety Signs Meaning

Danger: Indicates an imminently hazardous situation, which if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. This signal word must be limited to only extreme situations.

Warning: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

Caution: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices.

No smoking: Smoking is forbidden.

How to Get in TouchThe following sections provide information on how to obtain support for the documentation and the software.

Customer SupportIf you have problems, questions, comments, or suggestions regarding your product, contact us by e-mail at [email protected]. You can also call our customer support center at (86) 755 26771900 and (86) 800-9830-9830.

Documentation SupportZTE welcomes your comments and suggestions on the quality and usefulness of this document. For further questions, comments, or suggestions on the documentation, you can contact us by e-mail at [email protected]; or you can fax your comments and suggestions to (86) 755 26772236. You can also explore our website at http://support.zte.com.cn, which contains various interesting subjects like documentation, knowledge base, forum and service request.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION xii i

Page 14: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

C h a p t e r 1

Overview

In this chapter, you will learn about:

Radio Resource Management

Precautions in Radio Parameters Adjustment

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 14

Page 15: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 1 - Overview

900/1800 MHz TDMA digital cell mobile communication system (GSM) is an integrated system covering fields of network technology, digital stored program control technology, all transmission technologies and radio technologies. GSM usually falls into Network Sub System (NSS), Base Station Sub-system (BSS) and Mobile Station (MS). GSM system, in signaling structure, usually covers MAP interface, A interface (between MSC and BSC), Abis interface (between BSC and BTS0 and Um interface (between BTS and MS, also called air interface). All these objects and interfaces contain large quantity of configuration parameters and property parameters, some of which are determined during the development and producing of the equipment, and most of which depend on actual need and operation by network providers. Settings and adjustment of latter parameters have a great impact on the operation of entire GSM network.

Radio parameters in GSM network refer to parameters related to radio devices and radio resources. These parameters have an important impact on cover of cells, distribution of signaling flow and service property of network, etc. therefore, adjusting radio parameters reasonably plays a very important part in GSM network optimization. GSM radio parameters, according to objects radio parameters serve in the network, fall into project parameters and resource (cell) parameters. Project parameters refer to parameters related to design, installation and commissioning of the project, like antenna height, antenna direction, antenna gain, antenna download obliquity and cable loss, etc. These parameters must be determined in network design and are seldom changed during the operation of the network. Resource (cell) parameters refer to parameters related to configuration and utilization of radio resource, which usually transmit on radio interface (Um) to keep the consistence of base station and mobile station. Radio parameters covered in this manual are mainly resource parameters.

Radio Resource ManagementRadio resource objects in BSC: Base Station Controller (BSC), SITE, Base Transceiver Station (BTS), Transceiver (TRX), Radio Carrier (RADIOCARRIER), Logic Service Channel (CHAN), Handover Channel (HOC), Power Control Parameter (POC), Adjacent Handover Cell (AHANDOVERCELL), Adjacent Reselection Cell (ARESELECTCELL), Adjacent Handover and Reselection Cell (AHO&RESELECTCELL), Interference Cell (ICELL), Logic PCM (PCMCIRCUIT), Logic Lapd (LAPDLINK), Frequency Hopping System (FHS), GPRS Cell (GPRSCELL), BVC Flow Control (BVCflowCtrl), 2G/3G Cell handover Control (2G/3GHOC) and Dynamic HR (DynaHR).

Select Configuration Management Radio Resource Management from main interface of OMCR (V2) (as shown in Figure 1) after successful login, and ZXG10 Radio Resource Management interface pops up.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 15

Page 16: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

F I G U R E 1 MA I N I N T E R F A C E

The main interface shows three windows: tree in the left window shows objects to be created and maintained, right window describes relationship between BSC and SITE giving logical illustration, and the window below shows the man-machine command – MMI command created by the operations. The status bar shows linking status with server and machine number of the client terminal.

Precautions in Radio Parameters AdjustmentRadio parameters adjustment, according to property of the problem to be solved, fall into two kinds. The first kind is to solve static problem, that is, to correct traffic model in system design by measuring actual average traffic and signaling flow in every district and to solve common problems existing for long. The other kind is to solve problems in some time like traffic overload in some district, channel congestion due to sudden events or random events.

Service provides must perform measurement and summarization on actual operation regularly, and then perform appropriate adjustment on global or partial parameters and configurations, for first kind. Network operators adjust some radio parameters at real time according to instant data from measurement personnel, for second kind.

16 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 17: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 1 - Overview

Most radio parameters in GSM system are based on one cell or one district. It is necessary to consider whether parameter adjustment in this district will influence other districts, especially adjacent one, for parameters between districts are related to each other greatly. Otherwise, it may cause bad influence. Determine whether the problem results from equipment fault (including connections) first when it occurs in some part of the network. Adjust radio parameters only when determining that the problem does result from service.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 17

Page 18: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

C h a p t e r 2

BS System Radio Parameters

In this chapter, you will learn about:

BS Controller Parameters

BS Parameters

External Cell Parameters

3G External Cell Parameters

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 18

Page 19: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

BS Controller Parameters

Basic Property Parameters1. BSCID

Description: To uniquely identify a BSC

Value range: 1 ~ 255

2. Alias

Description: BSC alias

3. Mobile Country Code (MCC)

Description: Consisting of three decimal scale numbers, to uniquely identify the home country of the mobile subscriber (or system)

Value range: 0 ~ 999

Default value: 460

4. Mobile Network Code (MNC)

Description: Consisting of two decimal scale numbers, to uniquely identifies a specific GSM PLMN network in a country (decided by MCC)

Value range: 0 ~ 99

Default value: 0

5. LoadValidTime (10 s)

Description: To periodically send “BSSAP LOAD INDICATION” message to MSC during load indication, notifying it of the load status. The message consists of time indication information and indicating valid time length of the service load information. The MSC notifies neighboring BSC of the information in the “BSSAP LOAD INDICATION” message. These parameters are to indicate valid time length of the load information.

Value range: See Table 4 for value range of LoadValidTime.

T A B L E 4 VA L U E RA N GE O F LO A DV A L I DT I M E

Value Meaning

0 Reserved

1 Valid in 10 s

… …

254 Valid in 2540 s

255 Valid permanently

Default value: 5

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 19

Page 20: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

6. LoadIndPrd (100ms)

Description: To periodically send “BSSAP LOAD INDICATION” message to MSC during load indication, notifying it of the load status. The message consists of time indication information and indicating valid time length of the service load information. The MSC notifies the neighboring BSC of the information in the “BSSAP LOAD INDICATION” message. This parameter determines the period for BSC to send the load indication message when the load indication message is sent periodically.

Value range: See Table 5 for value of load indication period.

T A B L E 5 VA L U E TA B L E O F LO A D IN D I C A T I O N PE R I O D

Value Duration Represented

1 0.1 s

2 0.2 s… …

65535 6553.5 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 600

7. OverLevel[13][6] (13*6 = 78)

Description: To define flow control policy for a specific cell

Value range: See Table 6 for value range of flow control.

TA B L E 6 VA L U E RA N GE O F OV E RLE V E L

Overload

Level

Barred Class

Number

Rxlev_ Access

_MinPenalty Time

Cell select

Offset

Tx-

IntegerMax- Retrans

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 0 0 0 0 1 -1(255)

2 0 1 0 0 2 -2(254)

3 1 2 0 -2(254) 3 -3(253)

4 2 3 0 -3(253) 4 -3(253)

5 3 4 0 -4(252) 4 -3(253)

6 4 4 0 -4(252) 4 -3(253)

7 5 4 11111 -3(253) 4 -3(253)

8 6 4 11111 -2(254) 4 -3(253)

9 7 4 11111 -1(255) 4 -3(253)

10 8 4 11111 0 4 -3(253)

11 9 4 11111 0 4 -3(253)

12 10 4 11111 0 4 -3(253)

20 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 21: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

8. InHoEnable

Description: To define whether to allow handover between cells inside a BSC. BSS supports internal handover inside a cell (handover between different channels within a same cell) and handover between cells controlled by MSC. It can also support handover between different cells inside BSS. This can be set via OMS. Internal handover between different cells of a BSS can reduce messages between BSS and MSC because message will not be sent to MSC before the execution of handover. Only after a handover is completed, will BSS send the “HANDOVER EXECUTION” message to MSC.

Value range: True/False

Default value: True

9. LocName

Description: Name of geographic location of a Base Station Controller

10. ResourceIndThs

Description: A threshold value that BSC automatically indicates to MSC, and ratio of present available channels to the total channels. This parameter is for the threshold of automatic indication mode. The resource indication configured by O&M must be given to MSC when available cell resources are less than the parameter, to notify the cell condition. There are four modes during the resource indication by BSC.

BSC instantly returns a message of “BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION” as an acknowledgement without any resource information after receiving the “BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST” message. BSC automatically sends the “BSSAP RESUORCE INDICATION” message to MSC, and uses the “Periodicity IE” in the “BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST” to determine the indication messages interval (unless the “Periodicity IE” is 0 and BSC will ignore 0) once the auto condition (service threshold or the interval between any two messages) set by O&M of BSC is satisfied.

BSC instantly returns a message “BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION” with resource information after receiving “BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST” message. BSC will stop sending and will wait for the next “BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST” if the “BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST” message does not contain the “Extended Resource Indication IE”. BSC will follow the rules specified by the “Subsequent Mode” element in the message if so, which are the same as those of mode 4. Mode 1 or 3 is adopted if previous mode is 1 or 3. Otherwise, mode 4 applies.

BSC will immediately return a “BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION” message containing resource information after receiving the “BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST” message. BSC then periodically sends “BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION” messages. Period to send the message is the value of Periodicity IE times 100ms if the Periodicity IE in the “BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST” message is not 0. The message is wrong and the entire “BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST” message is regarded as invalid if Periodicity IE is 0.

BSC instantly returns a message “BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION” as an acknowledgement without any resource information after

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 21

Page 22: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

receiving the message “BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST”. Cell resource information will not be sent to MSC.

Value range: See Table 7 for value range of ResourceIndThs.

TA B L E 7 VA L U E RA N GE O F R E S O U R C E I N DTH S

Value Meaning

0 0%

1 1%… …100 100%

Default value: 30

11. BSCMaxResetNum

Description: Maximum number of repeating times for BSC resetting. It will repeat entire resetting process when BSC sends the “BSSAP RESET” message to MSC and if the “BSSAP RESET ACKNOWLEDGE” message sent by MSC has not been received in a specified T4 time. The “BSSAP RESET” message can be repeated up to N times. MSC will end the resetting process and inform OMS if no reply is obtained after sending N messages. N depends on “BscMaxResetNum” parameter.

Default value: 3

12. CircMaxResetNum

Description: Maximum number of repeating times for BSC circuit resetting. It will repeat circuit resetting process when BSC sends the “BSSAP RESET CIRCUIT” message to MSC and if the “BSSAP RESET CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDG” message has not been received in the GSM-specified T19 time. The “BSSAP RESET CIRCUIT” message can be repeated up to N times. MSC will end the resetting process and inform OMS if no reply is obtained after N times. N depends on “CircMaxResetNum” parameter.

Default value: 3

13. ConfusionMsg

Description: To determine whether to allow BSC to send the “BSSAP CONFUSION” message. This message is bi-directional, indicating that the received message cannot be correctly processed due to unidentified reasons. A confusion message will be sent while there are no other suitable fault messages to return,

Value range: True: Enabling BSC to send BSSAP CONFUSION messages; False: Disabling BSC to send BSSAP CONFUSION messages

Default value: False

14. ExDRSendAssignFail

Description: To determine whether to allow external customized retry to send failure indication

22 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 23: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

Value range: True/False

Default value: False

15. LoadInd

Description: To define whether the load indication process can be used. The load indication process is an optional item which enables neighboring BSCs to know their cell load conditions outside their boundary, so that even more information can be consulted during a common handover and during intra-BSC traffic handover. This parameter decides whether load indication process can be used, meanwhile the validity of parameters “LoadValidTime” and “LoadIndPrd” are determined, that is, when the parameter is 0 (the load indication process cannot be used), the two parameters followed are invalid, otherwise, they will be valid.

Value range: True: Available to load indication process; False: Unavailable to load indication process

Default value: False

16. BARANG

Description: To define broadcast range

Value range: Basic GSM900 frequency band P-GSM is ARFCN 1–124, the expanded GSM900 frequency band E-GSM is ARFCN 0–124 and 975–1023, GSM1800 frequency band is ARFCN 512–885, and railway GSM900 frequency band R-GSM is ARFCN 0–124 and 955–1023.

Timer Parameters1. Blocking/unblocking period

Description: BSS blocks/unblocks a land circuit and sends “BLOCK/UNBLOCK” message to MSC due to various reasons (O&M intervention, equipment failure/recovery, radio resources unavailable/available to name a few). A “BLOCK/UNBLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE” message is sent to BSS after receiving the message. This time period is defined as T1.

Value range: 1 ~ 200

See Table 8 for value range of blocking/unblocking period.

TA B L E 8 VA L U E RA N GE O F B L O C K I N G /U N B L O C K I N G PE R I O D

Code Time Represented

1 0.1 s

2 0.2 s… …

1200 120 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 80

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 23

Page 24: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

2. T4: Global resetting period

Description: T4 is to monitor the message “BSSAP RESET” sent by BSC to MSC

Timer start conditions: T4 is started when BSC is reset globally

Timer suspend conditions: receiving “BSSAP RESET ACKNOWLEDGE” messages from MSC

Timeout action: BSC will repeat the process if timeout occurs in T4

Value range: 100 ~ 1200

See Table 9 for value range of global resetting period.

TA B L E 9 VA L U E RA N GE O F GL O B A L R E S E T T I N G PE R I O D

T4 Time Represented

100 10 s

101 10.1 s

102 10.2 s

… …

1200 120 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 100

3. T7: protective period for handover request

Description: T7 monitors the “BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED” message. It is maxmium period taken from the time when BSC sends “BSSAP HANDOVER REQIURED” message to the time when MSC returns the “BSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND” message. MSC can send the “BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED REJECT” message to BSC in the case of failure and so the BSC will stop the T7 timer

Timer start conditions: T7 is started when BSC sends “BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED” to MSC

Timer end conditions: receiving “BSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND” or “BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED REJECT” message. BSC can send other “BSSAP HANDOVER REQIURED” messages to MSC when the “BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED REJECT” message is received

BSC will instantly repeat the process of “HANDOVER REQUIRED” if T7 is timeout but external handover conditions are still satisfied

Value range: 50 ~ 300

See Table 10 for value range of protective period of handover request.

24 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 25: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

TA B L E 10 VA L U E R A N G E O F PR O T E C T I V E PE R I O D F O R HA N D O V E R RE Q U E S T

T7 Time Represented

50 5 s

51 5.1 s

52 5.2 s… …

300 30 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 100

4. T8: source BSC handover execution period

Description: The external handover process for T8 supervision source BSC

Timer start conditions: T8 is started when the “BSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND” message is received

The T8 timer will stop upon receiving the “BSSAP CLEAR COMMAND” message or the “RIL3_RR HANDOVER FAILURE” message from MSC

BSC will send “BSSAP CLEAR REQUEST” message to MSC when the T8 timer is timeout

Value range: 80 ~ 150

See Table 11 for value range of source BSC handover executive period.

TA B L E 11 VA L U E R A N G E O F SO U R C E BSC HA N D O V E R EX E C U T I O N PE R I O D

T8 Time Represented

80 8 s

81 8.1 s

82 8.2 s

… …

150 15 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 120

5. T10: Assigned period

Description: T10 supervises the assigned process

Timer start conditions: T10 is started when the “ASSIGNMENT COMMAND” message is sent to MS

Timer end conditions: T10 timer stops when MS receives the “ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE” and “ASSIGNMENT FAILURE” messages.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 25

Page 26: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

BSC sends a “BSSAP ASSIGNMENT FAILURE” message to MSC when T10 timer expires

Value range: 40 ~140

See Table 12 for value range of assignment period.

TA B L E 12 VA L U E R A N G E O F AS S I G N M E N T PE R I O D

T10 Time Represented

40 4 s

41 4.1 s

42 4.2 s… …

140 14 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 80

6. T13: Protective period for global resetting

Description: T13 is a protection time for a local call clearing process

Timer start conditions: T8 timer is started when the “BSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND” message is received

Timer suspend conditions: SCCP receives a SSP/SPI message

BSS sends “BSSAP RESET ACKNOWLEDGEMENT” message to MSC when T13 timer expires

Value range: 50 ~ 300

See Table 13 for value range of protective period of global resetting.

TA B L E 13 VA L U E R A N G E O F PR O T E C T I V E PE R I O D F O R GL O B A L RE S E T T I N G

T13 Time Represented

50 5 s

51 5.1 s

52 5.2 s… …

300 30 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 150

7. T17: first overload period for flow control

Description: T17 timer supervises the flow control process of MSC overload

26 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 27: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

Timer start conditions: T8 timer is started when the “BSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND” message is received

Stop conditions for the timer: None.

Timeout action: BSC observes whether to receive message “BSSAP OVERLOAD” from the MSC when timer T17 expires.

Value range: 10 ~ 100

See Table 14 for value range of first overload period of flow control.

TA B L E 14 VA L U E R A N G E O F F I R S T OV E R L O A D PE R I O D O F FL O W CO N T R O L

T17 Time Represented

10 1 s

11 1.1 s

12 1.2 s

… …

100 10 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 80

8. T18: second overload period for flow control

Description: T18 timer supervises the flow control process of MSC overload

Timer start conditions: T18 timer is started and the service is degraded by one level when “BSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND” message is received

Stop conditions of the timer: none

Timeout action: The service is upgraded by one level when the T18 timer expires

Value range: 30 ~ 200

See Table 15 for value range of second overload period of flow control.

TA B L E 15 VA L U E R A N G E O F SE C O N D OV E R L O A D PE R I O D O F FL O W C O N T R O L

T18 Time Represented

30 3 s

31 3.1 s… …

200 20 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 150

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 27

Page 28: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

9. T19: circuit resetting period at the BSS side

Description: The circuits, with the exception of BSC SCCP connection, must be released to idle state, and BSS will send the “BSSAP CIRCUIT RESET” message to MSC to start the timer T19. MSC releases corresponding services, setting circuits to the idle state and sends “BSSAP CIRCUIT RESET ACKNOWLEDGE” message to BSC, after receiving the message. The Timer will stop upon receiving the “RESET CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE” message from BSC.

Value range: 1 ~ 1200

See Table 16 for value range of circuit resetting period at BSS side.

TA B L E 16 VA L U E R A N G E O F C I R C U I T RE S E T T I N G PE R I O D A T BSS S I D E

Code Time Represented

1 0.1 s

2 0.2 s

… …

1200 120 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 80

10. T20: circuit group blocking/unblocking period

Description: BSS will block a group of terrestrial circuits for various reasons (O&M intervention; equipment fault/recovery; radio resources unavailable/available to name a few). It then sends the “BSSAP CIRCIUIT GROUP BLOCK/UNBLOCK” message to the MSC. MSC will send the “BSSAP CIRCIUIT GROUP BLOCK/UNBLOCK ACKNOWKEDGE” message to BSS for notification after receiving the message.

Value range: 1 ~ 1200

See Table 17 for value range of circuit group blocking/unblocking period.

TA B L E 17 VA L U E R A N G E O F C I R C U I T GR O U P B L O C K I N G / U N B L O C K I N G PE R I O D

Code Time Represented

1 0.1 s

2 0.2 s

… …

1200 120 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 80

28 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 29: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

11. T9101: supervises the RLSD message receiving

Description: T9101 timer supervises the RLSD message receiving.

Timer start conditions: T7 timer is started when BSC sends “BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED” to MSC

Timer suspend conditions: T9101 timer stops when the RLSD message sent by MSC is received

Timeout action: BSC will send the RLSD message to release the SCCP connection when T9101 timer expires

Value range: 100

See Table 18 for value range of T9101.

TA B L E 18 VA L U E R A N G E O F T9101

T9101 Time Represented

100 10 s

Other values Reserved

Settings: cannot be changed

12. T9103: supervises the channel activation process

Description: Timer T9103 is to monitor channel activation process

Timer start conditions: the timer T9103 starts when BSC sends the “CHANNEL ACTIVATION” message to BTS

Timer suspend condition: timer T9103 starts when BSC receives the “CHANNEL ACTIVATION ACK” or “CHANNEL ACTIVATION NACK”, message

BSC sends the “RF CHANNEL RELEASE” message to BTS when the timer T9103 expires

Value range: 20

See Table 19 for value range of T9103.

TA B L E 19 VA L U E RANGE O F T9103

RmsT9103 Time Represented

20 2 s

Other values Reserved

Settings: cannot be changed

13. T9104: supervises the “CLEAR COMMAND” from MSC

Description: The T9104 timer supervises “CLEAR COMMAND” from MSC

Timer start conditions: timer T9104 is started when BSC sends a “CLEAR REQUEST” message to MSC

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 29

Page 30: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Timer suspend conditions: Timer T9104 stops when the “CLEAR COMMAND” message sent by MSC is received

Resend the “CLEAR REQUEST” (four times at most) message when the timer T9104 expires

Value range: 50 ~ 200

See Table 20 for value range of T9104.

TA B L E 20 VA L U E R A N G E O F T9104

T9104 Time Represented

50 5 s… …

200 20 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 150

14. T9105: supervises the SCCP connection process

Description: The timer T9105 is to monitor SCCP connection process

Timer start conditions: Timer T9105 is started when BSC sends the “BSSAP SCCP_CONNECTION_REQ” message to MSC

Timer suspend conditions: Timer T9105 stops when BSC receives “SCCP_CONNECTION_CONFIRM”/“SCCP_CONNECTION_REFUSED” message

BSC will send the “CHANNEL RELEASE” message to MS when the timer T9105 expires

Value range: 20 ~ 2400

See Table 21 for value range of T9105.

TA B L E 21 VA L U E R A N G E O F T9105

T9105 Time Represented

20 2 s… …

2400 240 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 100

15. T9108: supervises physical context request process

Description: The timer T9108 is to monitor the physical context request process

Timer start conditions: T9108 timer is started when BSC sends the “PHYSICAL CONTEXT REQUEST” message to BTS

30 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 31: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

Timer suspend conditions: T9108 timer stops when BSC receives the “PHYSICAL CONTEX CONFIRM” message from BTS

Timeout action: BSC will send “ASSIGNMENT FAILURE” message to MSC when the T9108 timer expires

Value range: 20

See Table 22 for value range of T9108.

TA B L E 22 VA L U E R A N G E O F T9108

T9108 Time Represented

20 2 s

Other values Reserved

Settings: cannot be changed

16. T9113: supervises the external handover in the destination cell

Description: The timer T9113 is to monitor the external handover in the destination cell

Timer start conditions: T9113 timer is started when BSC sends the “HANDOVER REQUEST ACK” message to MSC

Timer suspend conditions: T9113 timer stops when BSC receives a “HANDOVER COMPLETE” message from MS or the “CLEAR COMMAND” message from the MSC

BSC will send the “CLEAR REQUEST” message to MSC when the T9113 timer expires

Value range: 80 ~ 150

See Table 23 for value range of T9113.

TA B L E 23 VA L U E R A N G E O F T9113

T9113 Time Represented

80 8 s

81 8.1 s… …

150 15 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 130

17. zxgT1: protection time for channel activation

Description: The protection time waiting for MS access during assignment or handover after the channel is activated

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 31

Page 32: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Timer start conditions: target channels receive the “CHL ACTIVATION ACK” message and sends “RADIO AVAILABLE” message

Timer suspend conditions: MS accesses and the target channel receives the “ASSIGNMENT COM” or the “HANDOVER COM” message

Value range: 50 ~ 120

See Table 24 for value range of zxgT1.

TA B L E 24 VA L U E R A N G E O F Z X GT1

Value Time Represented

50 5.1 s

51 5.1 s

… …

120 12.0 s

Default value: 70

18. zxgT2: protection time for applying a channel

Description: The protection time for applying a channel

Timer start conditions: new channels send “RADIO APPLY” message

Channel request succeeds and the new channel receives the “RADIO AVAILABLE” message or the channel request fails and the new channel receives “RADIO UNAVAILABLE” message or in case of queuing, the new channel receives “RADIO PROCEEDING” message

Value range: 10 ~ 50

See Table 25 for value range of zxgT2.

TA B L E 25 VA L U E R A N G E O F Z X GT2

Value Time Represented

10 1.0 s

11 1.1 s

… …

50 5.0 s

Note: T2 > T3103

Default value: 30

19. zxgT3: protection time for linking response

Description: The protection time waiting for the linking response of the central module during instant assignment,

32 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 33: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

Timer start conditions: Pn instance sends the “ESTABLISH IND” message to the P0 instance

Timer suspend conditions: Pn instance receives “CONNECT CONF” message sent by the P0 instance, or “CONNECT FAIL” message when P0 fails to establish a link.

Value range: 50 ~ 650

See Table 26 for value range of zxgT3.

TA B L E 26 VA L U E RA N GE O F Z X GT3

Value Time Represented

50 5.0 s

51 5.1 s… …

650 65.0 s

Note: T3 > T9105

Default value: 120

20. zxgT4 (100 ms)

Description: The protective waiting time for the confirmation by P0 instance to the “HO COM” or “ASS COM” message

Pn instance transfers the message to instance P0 after Pn instance receives the “HO COM” or “ASS COM2” message from MS

Timer suspend conditions: Pn instance receives from P0 a confirmation message for “HO COM” or “ASS COM”

Value range: 50 ~ 650

Default value: 30

21. zxgT5: supervises the modification process of encryption mode

Description: T5 timer supervises the modification process of encryption mode

Timer start conditions: the zxgT5 timer starts when BSC receives the “CIPHER MODE COMMAND” message from MSC

Timer suspend conditions: the zxgT5 timer stops when BSC receives the “CIPHER MODE COMPLETE” message from MS

Timeout action: when the zxgT5 timer expires, the “BSSAP CIPHER MODE REJECT” message is sent to MSC

Value range: 50 ~ 120

See Table 27 for value range of zxT5.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 33

Page 34: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

TA B L E 27 VA L U E R A N G E O F Z X GT5

Value Time Represented

50 5.0 s

51 5.1 s

… …

120 12.0 s

Default value: 100

22. zxgT6: supervises the SAPI3 linking

Description: The zxgT6 timer supervises the SAPI3 link establishment

Timer start conditions: the zxgT6 timer starts when BSC receives the “DTAP (SAPI=3)” message from MSC and there is no SAP13.

Timer suspend conditions: the zxgT6 timer is suspended when BSC receives the “ESTABLISH CONFIRM” message from BTS

“BSSMAP SAPI ‘n’ REJECT” message will be sent to MSC when the zxgT6 timer expires

Value range: 10 ~ 300

See Table 28 for value range of zxgT6.

TA B L E 28 VA L U E R A N G E O F Z X GT6

Value Time Represented

10 1.0 s

11 1.1 s… …

300 30.0 s

Default value: 100

23. zxgT7: the protection time waiting for the message of P0 response assignment or handover completion

Description: The protection time waiting for the message of P0 response assignment or handover completion

Timer start conditions: Pn instance sends the “HO RQD” message to the P0 instance

Timer suspend conditions: Pn instance receives the response message “HO CMD” from the P0 instance

Value range: 1 ~ 200

See Table 29 for value range of zxgT7.

34 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 35: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

TA B L E 29 VA L U E RA N GE O F Z X GT7

Value Time Represented

1 0.1 s

2 0.2 s

… …

200 20.0 s

Default value: 100

24. zxgT8 (100 ms)

Description: External handover protection time

Value range: 1–650

Default value: 100

25. zxgT9

Description: RF Channel Release protection time

Timer start conditions: zxgT9 timer starts when the Pn instance sends the “RF CHL REL” message to the BTS when it is released

Timer stop conditions: zxgT9 timer expires when the Pn instance receives a response from the BTS

Value range: 10 ~ 50

See Table 30 for value range of zxgT9.

TA B L E 30 VA L U E R A N G E O F Z X GT9

Value Time Represented

10 1.0 s

11 1.1 s

… …

50 5.0 s

Default value: 20

26. zxgT10: The protection time for queuing requested by a channel

Description: The protection time for queuing requested by a channel

Value range: 50 ~ 200

See Table 31 for value range of zxgT10.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 35

Page 36: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

TA B L E 31 VA L U E R A N G E O F Z X GT10

Value Time Represented

50 5.0 s

51 5.1 s

… …

200 20.0 s

Note: T10 > T3109 + T3111 + T9103 or T10 > T11 /Tqho must be ensured if queuing is allowed

Default value: 130

27. zxgT11: Assignment for queue period

Description: Maximum allowable queue time is calculated from the assignment request

Value range: 1 ~ 150

See Table 32 for value range zxgT11.

TA B L E 32 VA L U E R A N G E O F Z X GT11

Value Time Represented

1 0.1 s

2 0.2 s

… …

150 15 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 60

28. zxgT12: interval for periodic status acknowledgement (100 ms)

Description: interval for periodic status acknowledgement

Timer starts fir the first time after Pn instance receives “CONNECT CONF” message from P0 instance and decides to perform activity check at peer end. It will then be started periodically

Pn instance receives the release type message

Value range: 100–18000

Default value: 200

29. zxgT13: supervises the mode modifying procedure of BTS and MS

Description: zxgT13 timer supervises the modification process of BTS and MS modes.

Timer start conditions: the BSC sends the “MODE MODIFY” message messageto BTS or sends the “CHANNEL MODE MODIFY” message to MS

36 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 37: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

Timer stop conditions: BSC receives the “MODE MODIFY ACK/NACK” message from BTS and the “CHANNEL MODE MODIFY” message from MS

“BSSAP ASSIGNMENT FAILURE” message is sent to MSC when zxgT3 timer expires

Value range: 1 ~ 200

See Table 33 for value range of zxgT13.

TA B L E 33 VA L U E R A N G E O F Z X GT13

Value Time Represented

50 5.0 s

51 5.1 s… …

120 12.0 s

Default value: 100

30. zxgT14 (100 ms)

Description: From the time when “Ass/Ho Com” is sent by destination instance to the time when “Ass/Ho Com Ack” is received.

Value range: 50 ~ 120

Default value: 60

31. zxgT15: the usable time waiting for resources by the destination instance when disconnecting forcefully

Description: The usable time waiting for resources by the destination instance when disconnecting forcefully

Timer start conditions: when a destination instance needs to be disconnected, a “PREEMPT APPLY” message is sent to the disconnected object

Timer stop conditions: when a destination instance receives the response “RESOURCE AVAILABLE” message for the disconnected object indicating resource availability

Value range: 60 ~ 120

See Table 34 for value range of zxgT1.

TA B L E 34 VA L U E R A N G E O F Z X GT1

Value Time Represented

60 6.0 s

61 6.1 s… …

120 12.0 s

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 37

Page 38: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Note: T15 > T3109 (10) + T3111 (0.1)

Default value: 60

32. zxgT16: the waiting time for oriented reattempt

Description: The waiting time for oriented reattempt

Value range: 20 ~ 60

See Table 35 for value range of zxgT6.

TA B L E 35 VA L U E R A N G E O F Z X GT6

Value Time Represented

20 2 s

21 2.1 s

… …

60 6 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 20

33. rmsTqho: handover queue period

Description: Maxmium allowable queue time for handover attempt, calculated from the handover request

Value range: 1 ~ 150

See Table 36 for value range of rmsTqho.

TA B L E 36 VA L U E RA N GE O F R M STQ H O

Value Time Represented

1 0.1 s

2 0.2 s

… …

150 15 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 60

34. zxgmT7: external handover protection time

Description: External handover protection time. BSS will receive the “HO REJECT” message from MSC after requesting for external handover. BSS must wait for (zxgmT7) time before it can receive other commands related to handover request. zxgmT7 < T7.

Value range: 1 ~ 65535

See Table 37 for value range of zxgmT7.

38 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 39: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

TA B L E 37 VA L U E R A N G E O F Z X G MT7

Value Time Represented

1 0.1 s

2 0.2 s

… …

65535 6553.5 s

Default value: 100

35. zxgmT11 (100 ms)

Description: A clock is adopted when flow control is performed due to cell overload. This clock is together with zxgmT12 timer to modify the “ACCESS CONTROL” parameter configured in the cell, and notify this in system information to MS, therefore to achieve flow control. The value of the clock must be less than zxgmT12 timer.

Value range: 50–200

Default value: 100

36. zxgmT12 (100 ms)

Description: A clock is adopted when flow control is performed due to cell overload. This clock is together with the zxgmT11 timer to modify the “ACCESS CONTROL” parameter configured in the cell, and notify this in the system information to MS, therefore to achieve flow control. The value of the clock must be greater than zxgmT11 timer. The process of the two clocks controlling their cell traffic: the system degrades the traffic level and starts the zxgmT11 and zxgmT12 timer after the network receives an overload message for the first time. The “OVERLOAD” message occurring during the zxgmT11 timer will be ignored. The flow will be decreased one more level and the zxgmT11 and zxgmT12 timer will be restarted if the “OVERLOAD” message is received between zxgmT11 and zxgmT12 timer. The flow level will be increased, and the zxgmT12 timer will be restarted if the zxgmT12 timer still does not receive the “OVERLOAD” message after the zxgmT12 timer expires. Figure 2 shows the illustration for the two clocks that control cell flow

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 39

Page 40: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

F I G U R E 2 IL L U S T R A T I O N F O R TW O CL O C K S T O CO N T R O L CE L L FL O W

BTS BSC

overload

overload

overload

zxgmT11

zxgmT12

Value range: 100 ~ 300

Default value: 150

37. Tmicro: the delay timer for micro-micro handover

Description: A delay time length value is necessary (the timer value) in the micro-micro handover control. Related timer will be started when a call enters a micro cell. The neighboring micro cell in the same layer can be used as an alternative cell only when the timer expires. In this way, the fast moving mobiles staying in the micro cell layer can be avoided.

Value range: 0 ~ 65535

See Table 38 for value range of Tmiirco.

TA B L E 38 VA L U E R A N G E O F TM I R C O

Value Time Represented

0 0 s

1 0.1 s

… …

65535 6553.5 s

Default value: 100

The setting of this parameter is related to standard to measure average size of the micro cell and moving speed of a cell phone

38. T3101: instantly assign a period

Description: T3101 supervises the instantly assigned process

Timer start conditions: T3101 timer starts when BSC sends “IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND” message

40 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 41: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

Timer suspend conditions: the T3101 timer stops when MS receives “ESTABLISH INDICATION” message

BSC will send “CHANNEL RELEASE” message to BTS when the T3101 timer expires

Value range: 10 ~ 50

See Table 39 for value range of T3101.

TA B L E 39 VA L U E RA N GE O F T3101

Value Time Represented

10 1 s

11 1.1 s

12 1.2 s… …

50 5 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 30

39. T3103: source cell handover period

Description: T3101 timer supervises internal handover process of BSC

Timer start conditions: the T3101 timer starts when BSC sends the “HANDOVER COMMAND” message to MS

The T3101 expires when BSC receives the “HANDOVER COMPLETE” message on a new channel or the “HANDOVER FAILURE” message on an old channel from MS

Timeout action: “CLEAR REQUEST” message will be sent to MSC when the timer T3103 expires, and a new channel is released

Value range: 35 ~ 100

See Table 40 for value range of T3103.

TA B L E 40 VA L U E R A N G E O F T3103

Value Time Represented

35 3.5 s

36 3.6 s

37 3.7 s… …

100 10 s

Other values Reserved

Note: T3103 < T10 when setting this timer

Default value: 60

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 41

Page 42: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

40. T3107: assigned period

Description: T3107 is to supervise assignment period and internal handover of a cell (< T10)

Timer start conditions: the T3107 timer is started when BSC sends the “RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT COMMAND” message to MS

Timer stop conditions: the T3107 timer expires when BSC receives the “RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE” message or the “RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT FAILURE” message

The old and new channels for the assignment procedure will be released when the T3107 timer expires. Corresponding MS connection will be cleared, and a “BSSAP ASSIGNMENT FAILURE” message will be sent to MSC. “CLEAR REQUEST” message will be sent to MSC for intra-cell handover procedure.

Value range: 35 ~ 100

See Table 41 for value range of T3107.

TA B L E 41 VA L U E R A N G E O F T3107

Value Time Represented

35 3.5 s

36 3.6 s

37 3.7 s

… …

100 10 s

Other values Reserved

T3107 < T10 when setting this timer

Default value: 60

41. T3109: channel release period

Description: T3109 timer supervises channel release process

Timer start conditions: the T3109 timer is started when BSC sends the “RIL3_RR CHANNEL REALEASE” message to MS

The T3109 timer expires when BSC receives the “RELEASE INDICATION” message from BTS (when BTS receives DISC frame from MS)

BSC will send the “RF CHANNEL RELEASE” message to BTS when the T3109 timer expires

Value range: 80 ~ 150

See Table 42 for value range of T3109.

42 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 43: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

TA B L E 42 VA L U E R A N G E O F T3109

Value Time Represented

80 8 s

81 8.1 s

82 8.2 s… …

150 15 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 120

42. T3111: channel deactivation delay

Description: Set a protection timer T3111 after UM interface wireless link layer is released, to ensure disconnection of the wireless link layer. Release the wireless channel and deactivate it after the T3111 timer overflows.

Timer start conditions: the T3111 timer starts when BSC receives the “RELEASE INDICATION” message.

“RF CHANNEL RELEASE” message is sent to BTS when the T3111 timer expires

Value range: 1 ~ 1200

See Table 43 for value range of T3111.

TA B L E 43 VA L U E R A N G E O F T3111

Value Time Represented

1 0.1

2 0.2

… …

5 0.5 s

Other values Reserved

Default value: 1

43. Tbsic: BSIC decode period

Description: The parameter “Tbsic” defines a period, that is, calculated from call establishment or handover complete (inter-cell or intra-cell), C/I evaluation is considered irresponsible during this period, thus, it is not allowed to handover to a special TRX. During this period, MS can decode BSICs that interferes with (neighboring) cells before handover policy takes place.

Value range: 5 ~ 640

See Table 44 for value rang of Tbsic.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 43

Page 44: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

TA B L E 44 VA L U E R A N G E O F TB S I C

Value Time Length

5 0.5 s

10 1.0 s

… …

640 64.0 s

Default value: 50

44.AisT1 (100 ms)

Description: “AppAssignReq-AppAssignCom” the “Assigning” status protection timer. It is in the “Assigning” status before sending the “App_Ass_Req” message and receiving the “App_Ass_Com”message.

Value range: 1 ~ 600

Default value: 100

45. AisT4 (100 ms)

Description: “AppRadioApp-AppRadioAvail” (external hand in), “RadioApplying” status protection timer. It is in the “RadioApplying” status after receiving the message “A_Ho_Req” and before receiving the “APP_RADIO_AVAIL” message.

Value range: 1 ~ 600

Default value: 100

46.AisT12 (100 ms)

Description: The “Serving” status protection timer. It is in Serving status after CR is sent and CC is received and before any further message is received; or after the “App Ass Com” message is received and before the call is cleared; or after the “App Ho Com” message is received at the handover from external and before the call is cleared.

Value range: 50 ~ 1200

Default value: 200

47. AisT8 (100 ms)

Description: AisT8 is the “OutGoHoing” status protection time that has received the “HoCmd” (sending the “AppHOCmd” to Rms)- “ClearCmd”. It is in the “OutGoHoing” status after receiving the “A_Ho_Cmd” to start the external handover and before the “A_Clear_Cmd” is received once the handover is successful.

Value range: 1 ~ 600

Default value: 80

48. RMST3121 (100 ms)

Description: Protection time after sending inter-system to utran handover command (UM) to UE (on Pn)

Value range: 1 ~ 650

Default value: 100

44 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 45: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

49. T3 (100 ms)

Description: Protection time after number 7 breaks off suddenly

Value range: 10 ~ 200

Default value: 100

50. BCRT (100 ms)

Description: Regular timer for system message broadcast

Value range: 6000 ~ 2864000

Default value: 18000

51. BCPT (100 ms)

Description: Protection timer waiting for FUC response to system message broadcast

Value range: 30 ~ 100

Default value: 50

GPRS Maximum Retrying Times Parameters1. BVCBlkMax

Description: BSSGP layer parameters - if PTP BVC must be blocked due to OAM intervention or equipment faults (disable blocking/unblocking signaling BVC), BSS will first set BVC status as “Blocked” and discard uplink service data. To notify SGSN to stop sending downlink data, BSS will initiate “BVC blocking” procedure. It will repeat “BVC blocking” procedure after sending “BVC block” message to SGSN and if it fails to receive “BVC BLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE” message from SGSN in BSSGPT1. “BVC blocking” can be repeated for a maximum of N times. BSC will stop “BVC blocking” and notify OMS of such if for N times there is no answer. N depends on maximum reattempts of BVC BLOCK.

Value range: 3 ~ 10

Default value: 3

2. BVCUBlkMax

Description: BSSGP layer parameters - if the PTP BVC must be unblocked due to the OAM intervention or recovery of the equipment fault (disable blocking/unblocking the signaling BVC), BSS will first set the BVC status as “Unblocked”. To notify SGSN to start sending the downlink data, BSS will also initiate the “BVC unblocking” procedure. It will repeat the “BVC unblocking” procedure after sending the “BVC UNBLOCK” message to SGSN and if it fails to receive the “BVC UNBLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE” message from SGSN in BSSGPT1. “BVC unblocking” can be repeated for a maximum of N times. BSC will stop “BVC unblocking” and notify OMS of such if for N times there is no answer. N depends on maximum reattempts of BVC UNBLOCK.

Value range: 3 ~ 10

Default value: 3

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 45

Page 46: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

3. BVCResetMax

Description: BSSGP layer parameters - to keep initial status consistent between two BVC sides, “Reset BVC” process must be initiated in following cases: 1) system faults that affects BVC function in BSS or SGSN (such as restart upon power-on); 2) lower layer network service entity failure (such as frame relay fault); 3) lower layer network service entity capability update (for example, frame relay capability changed from 0kbps to greater than 0kbps); 4) changing relationships between BVC and cell. For faults that affect NSE, “Signaling BVC reset” procedure is initiated; For faults that affect a single BVC, “PTP BVC reset” procedure is initiated. All “PTP BVC reset” under that NSE must be initiated after a “signaling BVC reset” is initiated. It will repeat “BVC reset” procedure after sending “BVC RESET” message to SGSN and if it fails to receive “BVC RESET ACKNOWLEDGE” message from SGSN in BSSGPT2. “BVC RESET” can be repeated for a maximum of N times. BSC will stop “BVC RESET” and notify OMS of such if for N times there is no answer. N depends on maximum reattempts of BVC Reset.

Value range: 0 ~ 255

Default value: 3

4. NSBlkMax

Description: NS link layer parameters - maximum repetitions during BSC blocking. It will repeat blocking process when BSC sends the “NS BLOCK” message to SGSN and if “NS BLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE” message sent by the SGNS has not been received in a specified NS_T1 time. “NS BLOCK” message can be repeated for a maximum of N times. BSC will stop BLOCK procedure and notify OMS of such if for N times there is still no answer. N depends on maximum reattempts of NS BLOCK.

Value range: 0 ~ 10

Default value: 3

5. NSUnBlkMax

Description: NS link layer parameters - maximum repetitions during BSC unblocking. It will repeat UNBLOCK procedure after BSC sends the “NS UNBLOCK” message to SGSN and if it fails to receive the “NS BLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE” message from SGSN in the time specified by the timer NS_T1. The “NS UNBLOCK” message can be repeated for a maximum of N times. BSC will stop the UNBLOCK procedure and notify OMS of such if for N times there is still no answer. N depends on maximum reattempts of NS UNBLOCK.

Value range: 0–10

Default value: 3

6. NSAliveMax

Description: Maximum repetitions of BSC Alive procedure. It will repeat BSC Alive procedure after BSC sends “NS Alive” message to SGSN and if it fails to receive “NS Alive ACKNOWLEDGE” message from SGSN in the time specified by timer NS_T4. “NS Alive” message can be repeated for a maximum of N times. BSC will stop BSC Alive procedure and notify OMS of such if for N times there is still no answer. N depends on maximum reattempts of NS Alive.

46 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 47: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

Value range: 0 ~ 20

Default value: 10

7. SuspendMax

Description: BSSGP layer parameters - MS will first send a “SUSPEND” message to BSS over SDCCH when Class B GPRS MS is about to initiate a voice service. BSS initiates “Suspend” procedure to SGSN to notify SGSN to stop sending “PS paging” and “downlink packet data” after BSS receives the message. It will repeat “Suspend” procedure after sending “SUSPEND” message to SGSN and if it fails to receive “SUSPEND ACK/NACK” message from SGSN in BSSGPT3. It will repeat “Suspend” procedure for a maximum of N times. BSC will stop “Suspend” and notify OMS of such if for N times there is no answer. N depends on maximum Suspend reattempts.

Value range: 0 ~ 255

Default value: 3

8. ResumeMax

Description: BSSGP layer parameters - when “GPRS-attached” MS leaves a special mode, BSS can adopt one of the following strategies: 1) Notify MS of carrying out “route area upgrade” and 2) notify SGSN of “recovering” the GPRS service. In case of “Routing Area Update”, MS and SGSN will directly negotiate “GMM status”. With the “Resume” method (usually for MS in the packet transmission status), BSS will initiate the “RESUME” process to SGSN to notify SGSN to start the normal packet downlink transmission action. It will repeat “Resume” procedure after sending the “RESUME” message to SGSN and if it fails to receive the “RESUME ACK/NACK” message from SGSN in BSSGPT4. It will repeat “Resume” procedure for a maximum of N times. BSC will stop the “Resume” procedure and notify OMS of such if for N times there is no answer. N depends on maximum Resume reattempts.

Value range: 0 ~ 255

Default value: 3

9. UpdateMax

Description: BSSGP layer parameters - when MS is establishing the uplink/downlink TBF, to assign the appropriate packet channel to the MSs that have different access capabilities, BSS needs to know the radio access capability of that MS. BSS can obtain that information from SGSN by the “Radio Access Capabilities Update” procedure if it does not have that information yet. It will repeat the procedure after sending the “RADIO ACCESS CAPABILITIES UPDATE” message to SGSN and if it fails to receive the “RADIO ACCESS CAPABILITIES UPDATE ACK/NACK” message from SGSN in BSSGPT5. The “Radio Access Capabilities Update” procedure can be repeated for a maximum of N times. For N times if there is still no answer, then BSC will stop the “Radio Access Capabilities Update” procedure and notify OMS of such. N depends on maxmium Update reattempts.

Value range: 0 ~ 255

Default value: 3

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 47

Page 48: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

GPRS Timer Parameters1. BSSGP T1 “BVC block/unblock” reattempt time

Description: Timer that monitors BSSGP block/unblock procedure. Parameter used by global process in central module MP. BSS initiates “BVC block/unblock” procedure if a point-to-point BVC block/unblock is required due to OAM intervention or device faults and repeats the procedure if SGSN does not return “BVC BLOCK/UNBLOCK ACK/NACK” message. Interval between them is BssgpT1.

Value range: 10 ~ 300 (100ms)

Default value: 30

2. BSSGPT2 “BVC Reset” reattempt time

Description: Timer that monitors reset procedure of BSSGP. Parameter used by global process in central module MP. BSS initiates “BVC RESET” process if BVC (including PTP BVC and signaling BVC) must be reset and repeats the procedure if SGSN does not return “BVC RESET ACK/NACK” message. Interval between them is BssgpT2.

Value range: 10 ~ 1200 (100ms)

Default value: 30

3. BSSGPT3 “Suspend” reattempt time

Description: Timer that monitors Suspend procedure of BSSGP. Parameter used by service process in peripheral module MP. Class B MS notifies network to “Suspend” packet service when it is ready to perform a voice service. BSS initiates “Suspend SGSN” procedure after receiving “SUSPEND” message from MS and repeats the procedure if SGSN does not return “SUSPEND ACK/NACK” message. Interval between them is BssgpT3.

Value range: 1 ~ 100 (100ms)

Default value: 30

4. BSSGPT4 “Resume” reattempt time

Description: Timer that monitors Resume procedure of BSSGP. Parameter used by service process in peripheral module MP. BSS initiates “Resume” procedure to SGSN when “GPRS-attached” MS is not in dedicated mode and BSS uses “Notify SGSN to resume GPRS service” policy. BSS repeats the procedure if SGSN does not return “RESUME ACK/NACK” message. Interval between them is BssgpT4.

Value range: 1 ~ 100 (100ms)

Default value: 30

5. BSSGPT5 “Radio Access Capabilities Update” reattempt time

Description: Timer that monitors “RA_CAPABILITY” procedure of BSSGP. Parameter used by service process in peripheral module MP. It will repeat “Radio Access Capability Update” procedure after BSS initiates “RA_CAPABILITY” procedure to SGSN and if SGSN does not return the “RA_CAPABILITY UPDATE ACK/NACK” message. The interval between them is BssgpT5.

48 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 49: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

Value range: 10 ~ 300 (100ms)

Default value: 30

6. NS T1

Description: Timer that monitors the block/unblock procedure at the NS layer

Value range: 1 ~ 120 s

Default value: 60

7. NS T2

Description: Timer that monitors the reset procedure at the NS layer

Value range: 1 ~ 120 s

Default value: 60

8. NS T3

Description: The test period of NS-VC

Value range: 1 ~ 60 s

Default value: 30

9. NS T4

Description: Timer that monitors the alive procedure of the NSVC

Value range: 3 s

Default value: 3

10. NS T5 (temporarily not used)

Description: Maximum attempt period of Reset

Value range: 3 min

Default value: 180 s.

11. T3169

Description: BRP’s timer at RLC/MAC layer. During the packet uplink transmission, if the timer N3101 or N3103 expires, BSS will start the timer T3169. TFI and USF resources are released for use by the network when T3169 expires.

Timer start conditions: the T3169 timer starts when the counter N3101 = N3101_MAX or the counter N3103 = N3103_MAX

Stop conditions of the timer: none

Timeout action: Release USF and TFI resources

Value range: 0 ~ 0xFFFF (10ms)

Default value: 500 (5 s)

12. T3191

Description: BRP’s timer at RLC/MAC layer. During the packet downlink transmission, if the BSN of the RLC data block to be transmitted is at its maximum load (that is, the final downlink data block), the network will send RLC data block whose Final Block Identifier (FBI) field is 1 and which includes effective RRBP field to initialize the release of the

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 49

Page 50: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

downlink TBF. At this time the network starts the T3191 timer. For RLC data block in which each received FBI is 1 and containing effective RRBP domain, MS must send the “Package Downlink Confirmation/Non-confirmation” message whose FAI domain is 1 through the uplink block specified by the RRBP domain. T3191 is terminated and required RLC data block is re-transmitted if the network receives the “PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK” message before the T3191 timer expires and is required to re-transmit it. T3191 timer is terminated and enabled T3193 timer if re-transmission is not necessary. The network releases TBF when T3193 timer expires. The network also releases TBF when T3191 expires; 2) In unacknowledged mode, MS must send the “PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE” message in the uplink block specified by the RRBP field. T3191 is terminated and T3193 enabled if the network receives the “PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE” message before T3191 expires. The network also releases TBF when T3191 expires.

Value range: 0 ~ 0xFFFF (10ms)

Default value: 500 (5 s)

13. T3193

Description: BRP’s timer at the RLC/MAC layer is used for protection at the release of TBF during the packet downlink transmission. For details, see description of the T3191 timer.

Timer start conditions: the timer T3193 is started when the “PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK” message or the “PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE” message is received

Timer stop conditions: when the network has established a new downlink TBF

Timeout action: Release TFI resources

Value range: 0–0xFFFF (10ms)

Default value: 51

Value of this parameter needs to be greater than T3192 timer to ensure uniqueness of TFI of MS at one moment

14. T3195

Description: BRP’s timer at the RLC/MAC layer. Protection time of TBF when the radio link failure or the cell change leads to MS failure to respond. During the packet downlink transmission, if the timer N3105 expires, BSS will start the T3195 timer. The TFI resource is available again for use by the network when T3195 timer expires.

Timer start conditions: the timer T3195 starts when the counter N3105 = N3105_MAX

Stop conditions of the timer: none

Timeout action: Release TFI resources

Value range: 0 ~ 0xFFFF (10ms)

Default value: 500 (5 s).

15. ccmT1

50 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 51: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

Description: Protection timer for change of the FUC channel type

Value range: 2 ~ 10 s

Default value: 10 s.

16. ccmT2

Description: Protection timer for T-network connection

Value range: 2 ~ 10 s

Default value: 10 s.

17. ccmT3

Description: Protection timer for LSP movement

Value range: 2 ~ 10 s

Default value: 10 s.

Other GPRS Property Parameters1. CELL Threshold of the Bssgp Flow Control (CelFcThs)

Description: This parameter is the trigger threshold for “BVC flow control”. The BVC flow control is performed on the Gb interface between SGSN and BSS and in the downlink only. In practice, BSS provides the control parameter and SGSN executes it to avoid the situation of the LLC data being discarded due to timeout caused by the busy packet channel in BVC (excess LLS frames buffered) or that the new downlink LLC data is discarded due to limited memory resources (LLC frame buffer overflow). The BSSGP process on the BSS side periodically (long or short) counts the current leakage ratio of BVC. “BVC flow control” procedure is initiated unconditionally. SGSN confirmation is also necessary if the long count timer overflows. “BVC flow control” is initiated and it also needs the SGSN confirmation if the short count timer overflows and the difference between the two consecutive leakage ratios is more than CellFcThs.

Value range: 1 ~ 100 (%)

Default value: 80

2. MS Threshold of the Bssgp Flow Control (MsFcThs)

Description: This parameter is the trigger threshold for “MS flow control”. MS flow control is performed on the Gb interface between SGSN and BSS and in the downlink only. In practice, BSS provides the control parameter and SGSN executes it to avoid the situation of the LLC data from being discarded due to timeout caused by the busy packet channel in MS (excessive LLS frames buffered) and that the new downlink LLC data is discarded due to limited memory resources (LLC frame buffer overflow). The BSSGP process at the BSS side periodically (long or short) measures the current leakage ratio of MS. “MS Flow Control” process is initiated unconditionally if the long measurement timer overflows. SGSN must acknowledge it if the difference between the two consecutive leakage ratios is more than MsFcThs. “MS Flow Control” process is initiated and it also needs acknowledgement of SGSN if the short measurement timer overflows

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 51

Page 52: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

and the difference between the two consecutive leakage ratios is more than MsFcThs.

Value range: 1 ~ 100 (%)

Default value: 80

3. CELL Trigger Period of the Bssgp Flow Control (CelFcPer)

Description: This parameter is the BVC leakage ratio measurement period in the “BVC Flow Control” process, that is, BVC long measurement period. To provide reference to the BVC flow control at the SGSN side, the BSSGP process at the BSS side periodically measures the current BVC leakage ratio. “BVC flow control” procedure is initiated unconditionally when the long measurement timer overflows. It needs to be confirmed by SGSN if the difference of the leakage ratios between the two times exceeds CellFcThs. “BVC flow control” procedure is also initiated and it also needs to be confirmed by SGSN if the short measurement timer overflows, and the difference of the leakage ratio between the two times exceeds CellFcThs. In the OMCR (V2) system, BVC short measurement period = BVC long measurement period / 3.

Value range: 0 ~ 65535 (10ms)

Default value: 3000

4. MS Trigger Period of the Bssgp Flow Control (MsFcPer)

Description: This parameter is MS leakage ratio measurement period in the “MS Flow Control” process, that is, MS long measurement period. For reference of flow control at the SGSN side, the BSSGP process at the BSS side periodically measures the current leakage ratio of each MS. “MS Flow Control” process is initialized unconditionally when the long measurement timer overflows. SGSN must acknowledge it if the difference between the two leakage ratios exceeds MsFcThs. “MS Flow Control” process is initialized and it also needs acknowledgement from the SGSN when the short measurement timer overflows, and the difference between the two leakage ratios exceeds MsFcThs. In the OMCR (V2) system, MS short measurement period = MS long measurement period/3.

Value range: 0 ~ 65535 (10ms)

Default value: 3000

5. N3101: Maximum allowed number of continuous losses of uplink data blocks

Description: This is the parameter used at RLC/MAC layer of BRP. During packet uplink transmission, BSS will specify USF (corresponding to one uplink TBF) for each uplink block. For a USF, if the network receives correct data from a specified uplink block, timer N3101 is cleared for that TBF; if the number of losses in that specified uplink block exceeds N3101, then timer T3169 is started. TFI and USF resources are available for use by the network when T3169 expires.

Value range: 0 ~ 255

Default value: 10

6. N3103: Number of “Packet Uplink ACK/NACK” reattempts

52 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 53: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

Description: This is the parameter used at RLC/MAC layer of BRP. Network sends a “PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK” message and set Final Acknowledgement Identifier (FAI) as 1 during packet uplink transmission, if it detects that all RLC data blocks have been received at end of uplink TBF (CV = 0, and V(Q) = V(R). The header of RLC/MAC control block contains a valid RRBP domain. Counter N3103 is cleared. MS sends “PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE” message in block specified by RRBP and release TBF if it receives “PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK” message whose FAI is 1 from network side. The value of the counter N3103 is incremented and the “PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK” message is retransmitted if the network fails to receive “PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE” message in the radio block specified by the RRBP field. The network will start T3169 timer if the value of N3103 exceeds the limiting N3103max. TFI and USF resources are available again for use by the network when T3169 timer expires.

Value range: 0 ~ 255

Default value: 10

7. N3105: Allowed maximum number of continuous losses of the uplink “RLC/MAC CONTROL” message

Description: This is the parameter used at the RLC/MAC layer of BRP. During the packet downlink transmission, BSS will set RRBP field in the downlink RLC data block at a certain interval to notify MS to send the “RLC/MAC CONTROL” message in the corresponding uplink block. For a TBF, if the number of consecutive losses of the “RLC/MAC CONTROL” message in the specified uplink block exceeds N3105max, then the timer T3195 is started. TFI resource is available for use by the network when the T3195 timer expires.

Value range: 0 ~ 255

Default value: 10

8. MS CSMode

Description: This parameter refers to the channel coding mode

Value range: See Table 45 for value range of MS Csmode.

TA B L E 45 VA L U E R A N G E O F MS CSM O D E

Value Coding Mode

0 CS-2 by default, but the coding mode may vary dynamically between CS-2 and CS-1.

1 CS-1

2 CS-2

3 CS-3

4 CS-4

Default value: 1

9. Cn Level: for determining increase of coding mode level

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 53

Page 54: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Description: This is the parameter used at the RLC/MAC layer of BRP. Unlike the unified coding mode of the circuit channel, the GPRS data block may use the CS-1 to CS-4 coding modes, whose data rates are 9.05 kbps, 13.4 kbps, 15.6 kbps, and 21.4 kbps, respectively. The low level coding mode has higher error correction capability and lower data throughput. You can choose different coding modes for each timeslot or even each TBF. The network will select the coding mode dynamically according to the data rate requirement and radio transmission quality at the transmission of the GRPR data, to reach maxmium radio throughput. Good radio transmission quality means that the probability of the retransmission of the error radio blocks is small. At this time the coding mode that carries large data volume (that is, high level coding mode) can be used. The coding mode for TBF (uplink and downlink) in the channel coding mode CSn (1=n=3) will be increased by one level, if the number of data blocks transmitted consecutively and correctly exceeds the predefined parameter Cn n-1.

Value range: 0 ~ 255

Default value: 10

10. Nn Level: for determining decrease of coding mode level

Description: This is the parameter used at the RLC/MAC layer of BRP. Unlike the unified coding mode of the circuit channel, the GPRS data block may use the CS-1 to CS-4 coding modes, whose data rates are 9.05 kbps, 13.4 kbps, 15.6 kbps, and 21.4 kbps, respectively. The low level coding mode has higher error correction capability and lower data throughput. It is all right to choose different coding modes for each timeslot or even each TBF. The network will select the coding mode dynamically according to the data rate requirement and radio transmission quality at the transmission of the GRPR data, to reach maxmium radio throughput. The coding mode with stronger anti-interference capability (that is, low level coding mode) must be used when the radio transmission quality is poor. The coding level is decreased by one if Nn n-2 data blocks are transmitted, the number of consecutive losses of the data blocks in the coding mode CSn (2≤ n≤ 4) for the TBF (downlink and uplink) is Xn n-2%.

Value range: 0 ~ 255

Default value: 20

11. Xn Level: threshold for determining the decrease in the level of the coding mode

Description: This is the parameter used at the RLC/MAC layer of BRP. Unlike the unified coding mode of the circuit channel, the GPRS data block may use the CS-1 to CS-4 coding modes, whose data rates are 9.05 kbps, 13.4 kbps, 15.6 kbps, and 21.4 kbps, respectively. The low level coding mode has higher error correction capability and lower data throughput. You can choose different coding modes for each timeslot or even each TBF. The network will select the coding mode dynamically according to the data rate requirement and radio transmission quality at the transmission of the GRPR data, to reach maxmium radio throughput. The coding mode with stronger anti-interference capability (that is, low level coding mode) must be used when the radio transmission quality is poor. the coding level is decreased by one if Nn n-2 data blocks are transmitted, the number of consecutive losses of

54 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 55: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

the data blocks in the coding mode are CSn (2≤ n≤ 4) for the TBF (downlink and uplink) is Xn n-2 %.

Value range: 1 ~ 100 (%)

Default value: 80

12. NSVC Delay (Delay)

Description: This is a NS link layer parameter. NSVC is an end-to-end concept. The NSVC delay is the basis for flow control in frame relay. It is configured in the background subject to the actual circumstances.

Value range: 1 ~ 20ms

Default value: 10ms

13. Channel-Fail Report Period (FailRptPrd) (52 Frames)

This parameter is the report period for the channel failure ratio (52 multiframes)

Value range: 0 ~ 255

Default value: 10

14. Ideal Channel Bearer Rate (OverLoadTh)

Description: This parameter is used by the database in the peripheral module MP. Two steps of GPRS uplink and downlink PS wireless resource assignment: The first step is to assign a time slot, that is, PDCH channel assignment implemented by the database on MP. The second step is to assign specific RLC/MAC data block resources on each channel accomplished by a packet control module. In MP, to prevent one PS channel from being used infinitely, the system sets a “Maximum bearing rate” threshold for the packet channel. It is set in the “Channel busy” state if the bearer rate of a packet channel has exceeded the threshold value. The subsequent packet access will not take that channel into account, to avoid “congestion” on the timeslot level.

Value range: 0 ~ 65535 (100bps)

Default value: 65535

15. Original Access Rate (DefRate)

Description: This parameter is used by the database in peripheral module MP. At the initial access of MS (especially the first step, that is, channel request, of the two-step access process), it may not have the resource request information. The network side will allocate the PS channel at the default rate. Also, during the TBF establishment, the resource rate is less than DefRate, the database will not take the extra timeslot capability of MS into account instead allocate a single PS channel to it for utilizing the channel resources effectively.

Value range: 0 ~ 65535 (100bps)

Default value: 10

16. Whether current Gb interface adopts satellite transmission (IsSatelliatedGB)

Value range: True: Current Gb interface adopts satellite transmission; False: Current Gb interface doesn't adopt satellite transmission

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 55

Page 56: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Default value: False

17. Whether to adopt extended RLC sending slippery window (IsWindowExtend)

Value range: True: Adopting extended RLC sending slipping window; False: Not adopting extended RLC sending slipping window

Default value: False

Dynamic HR Property Parameters1. Threshold value of single TRX cell to hand over from full rate to half

rate (SINTRXFRTOHRTHS)

Description: Threshold value of single TRX cell to hand over from full rate to half rate = TCH channels occupied in cell/all available TCH channels in the cell (including IDLE and BUSY). TCH channels contain TCH/F and TCH/H. It is necessary to perform the handover of TCH/F TCH/H, for the traffic is busy in the cell that upper limit corresponds to. Cells fall into two types during the handover from full rate to half rate:

i. Configure only one TRX in the cell

ii. Configure two or more TRXs in the cell

TCH channels are less if only one TRX is configured in the cell and it is necessary to configure BCCH and SDCCH channels. Therefore, there are 6 TCH channels in a single TRX cell. There must be difference between the threshold of single TRX cell and of multiple TRXs, to reflect actual situation better.

Threshold falls into RMM module threshold and cell threshold, according to convenience of controlling the cell and difference of the cell. RMM module threshold is default. It is valid to all cells configured with dynamic handover channel under this module. Set threshold for this cell in cell Level 1 setting if it needs special controlling threshold. Threshold RMM module settings is invalid to this cell in this case.

Value range: 60 ~ 85 (unit%)

Default value: 65

2. Threshold value of multiple TRX cells to hand over from full rate to half rate (MULTRXFRTOHRTHS)

Description: Same as Threshold value of single TRX cell to hand over from full rate to half rate (SINTRXFRTOHRTHS)

Value range: 60 ~ 85 (unit%)

Default value: 75

3. Threshold value to hand over from full rate to half rate (HRTOFRTHS)

Description: Threshold value to hand over from full rate to half rate = TCH channels occupied in the cell/all available TCH channels in the cell (including IDLE and BUSY). Note: TCH channels include TCH/F and TCH/H. It is necessary to perform handover of TCH/H TCH/F, for the traffic is rather idle in the cell that lower limit corresponds to.

Threshold falls into RMM module threshold and cell threshold, according to convenience of controlling the cell and difference of the

56 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

BABU
Highlight
Page 57: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

cell. RMM module threshold is default. It is valid to all cells configured with dynamic handover channel under this module. Set threshold for this cell in cell Level 1 setting if it needs special controlling threshold. Threshold RMM module settings is invalid to this cell in this case.

Value range: 30 ~ 60 (unit%)

Default value: 50

4. Protection time to hand over from full rate to half rate (FRTOHRKEEPTIME)

Description: Occupation of the channel is random, and it may result in frequent adjustment of channels. Set timer protection after one handover to avoid the frequency. It does not perform the handover during the protection time even if it meets the requirements of handover. Differ handover of TCH/F TCH/H and TCH/H TCH/F. Dynamic HR is to guarantee the cell to provide as many voice channels as possible during the high-traffic, so handover protection time of TCH/F TCH/H is shorter and that of TCH/H TCH/F is longer.

Default value:

Protection time to hand over TCH/F to TCH/H: 5 mins

Protection time to hand over TCH/H to TCH/F: 30 mins

Note: This parameter falls into RMM module class and cell class. It can be adjusted flexibly to guarantee the convenience of setting.

Value range: 3 ~ 30 (min)

Default value: 5

5. Protection time to hand over from half rate to full rate (HRTOFRKEEPTIME)

Description: Same as Protection time to hand over from full rate to half rate (FRTOHRKEEPTIME)

Value range: 15 ~ 60 (min)

Default value: 30

BVC Flow Control Property Parameters 1. Whether to support BVC flow control (BVCFlowCtrl)

Description: BVC flow control occurs on Gb interface between SGSN and BSS, and only on downlinks. BSS provides control parameters and SGSN executes, to avoid one BVC on BSS to abandon some LLC data because of the overtime caused by grouping channel is too busy (too many LLC frame caches) and to avoid new downlink LLC data because of limit of memory resource (overflow of LLC frame caches). BSSGP process at BSS side counts current leaking rate of BVC periodically (including short statistics and long statistics). “BVCFlowCtrl” originates unconditionally if long statistics timer overflows and SGSN acknowledgement is necessary if discrepant range of adjacent leaking rates is over CellFcThs. “BVCFlowCtrl” originates and SGSN confirmation is necessary if short statistics timer overflows and discrepant range of adjacent leaking rates is over CellFcThs.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 57

Page 58: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Value range: True: Enabling BSC to support BVC flow control; False: Disabling BSC to support BVC flow control

Default value: True

2. Whether to support MS flow control (MsFlowCtrl)

Description: MS flow control occurs on Gb interface between SGSN and BSS, and only on downlinks. BSS provides control parameters and SGSN executes, to avoid one MS on BSS to abandon some LLC data because of the overtime caused by grouping channel is too busy (too many LLC frame caches) and to avoid new downlink LLC data because of limit of memory resource (overflow of LLC frame caches). BSSGP process at BSS side counts current leaking rate of MS periodically (including short statistics and long statistics). “MsFlowCtrl” originates unconditionally if long statistics timer overflows and SGSN acknowledgement is necessary if discrepant range of adjacent leaking rates is over MsFcThs. “MsFlowCtrl” originates and SGSN confirmation is necessary if short statistics timer overflows and discrepant range of adjacent leaking rates is over MsFcThs.

Value range: True: enabling MS to support BVC flow control; False: Disabling MS to support BVC flow control

Default value: False

3. Flow control mode (FlowCtrlMode):

Description: See protocol 08.18 for BVC flow control. BSC has different flow control modes report flow control parameters to SGSN, to realize SGSN flow control of different providers. Description:

Mode 1: Report flow control parameters according to actual traffic on radio interface counted by BSC

Mode 2: Report flow control parameters according to max traffic that the cell can provide

Mode 3: Reserved

Value range: 1 ~ 3

Default value: 1

4. Flow control 1 parameters (FlowCtlMode1Para)

Description: BSC reports flow control parameters according to actual traffic on radio interface when adopting mode 1. Actual counted value is smaller because of radio interface re-transmission and TBF failure, so BSC times actual traffic with a times depending on this parameter when reporting flow control parameters.

Value range: 1 ~ 100

Default value: 1

5. Flow control mode 2 parameters (FlowCtlMode1Para)

Description: BSC reports flow control parameters according to max traffic that the cell can provide when adopting mode 2. Max value depends on channels configured. Counting formula: channels * max traffic that every channel can provide. This parameter is max traffic that every channel can provide, with the unit of 100 bps.

58 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 59: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

Value range: 10 ~ 1000

Default value: 214

6. BVC flow control R min value (BVCFlowCtrlRMin)

Description: Min value of leaking rate R in reported BVC flow control parameters under all flow control modes, that is, reported parameter R must be equal or over set value, in the unit of 100 bps.

Value range: 10 ~ 300

Default value: 80

7. MS flow control min value (MSFlowCtrlRMin)

Description: Min value of leaking rate R in reported MS flow control parameters under all flow control modes, that is, reported parameter R must be equal or over set value, in the unit of 100 bps.

Value range: 10 ~ 300

Default value: 80

BS Parameters1. Site identification (SiteID): ID of the SITE in BSC, and one SITE

manages 3 cells at most

2. CS user alias (Alias): Name of the SITE, in Chinese or letter

3. Resource location information (LocName): Geographic description of wgere BS locates

4. Module number (ModuleNo): Module number of the Pn (number of radio module) that the cell correspods to

5. Distinguish name of physical SITE (Distinguish Name): Distinguish Name (DN) of physical SITE that local BSS relates to: BssId-SiteId

6. Operation and maintenance channel of the site (ROAMLAPD): Logical Lapdlink that this site corresponds to

External Cell Parameters1. Cell frequency band (FreqBand)

Description: The system supports four frequency bands, as shown in Table 46.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 59

Page 60: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

TA B L E 46 VA L U E RA N GE O F C E L L FR E Q U E N C Y BA N D

Value Cell Frequency Band

900GSM900: 890–915 MHZ (uplink)

935–960MHZ (downlink)

EXT900EGSM900: 880–915 MHZ (uplink)

925–960MHZ (downlink)

DCS1800GSM1800: 1710–1785 MHZ (uplink)

1805–1880 MHZ (downlink)

850MGSM850M: 824–849 MHZ (uplink)

869–894 MHZ (downlink)

2. BCCH absolute radio frequency channel number (BARFCN)

Description: ARFCN of BCCH carrier frequency of cells.

Value range: 0 ~ 1023

3. Mobile Country Code (MCC)

Description: MCC consists of three decimal scale numbers, which is to uniquely identify the home country of the mobile subscriber (or system).

Value range: 0 ~ 999

Default value: 460 (MCC of China)

4. Mobile Network Code (MNC)

Description: MNC consists of two decimal scale numbers, which uniquely identifies a specific GSM PLMN network in a country (decided by MCC).

Value range: 0–99

Note: Each network has a different MNC if a country has more than one GSM public land mobile network. MNC is generally allocated by national telecom administration department, and the one carrier can have multiple MNC (depending on the service scale offered), but different carriers cannot share the same MNC. China has two GSM networks at present, China Mobile and China Unicom with the MNCs being 00 and 01 respectively.

Default value: 00

5. Location Area Code (LAC)

Description: The coverage of each GSM PLMN is divided into many location areas to determine the location of the mobile station, and the location code is to identify different location areas. LAC is one of the LAI composition parts (LAI = MCC + MNC + LAC). One location area contains multiple cells.

Value range: 0 ~ 65535 (0 and 65535 are reserved by the system)

6. Cell ID (CI)

60 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 61: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

Description: Network carriers must allocate a unique code for each cell in a location area to uniquely indicate each cell in the GSM PLMN, that is, cell ID (CI).

Value range: 0 ~ 65535

7. Network Color Code (NCC)

Description: NCC is one of the composition parts of the Base Station ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC), NCC is to enable mobile stations to distinguish adjacent and different GSM PLMN cells. Neighboring operators usually have different NCCs. The parameter related to NCC is the “NccPermitted” parameter of the cell. MS is disabled to measure the cell information of related operators by prohibiting MS to report relative NCC in the cell. NCC actually occupies three bits. NCC is one of the network identification parameters.

Value range: 0 ~ 7

Note: Neighboring GSM PLMN usually select different NCCs.

8. BTS Color Code (BCC)

Description: BCC is one of the composition parts of the Base Station ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). BCC is usually to enable mobile stations to distinguish adjacent cells with the same BCCH carrier frequency and belonging to the same GSM PLMN. In addition, the GSM specifications stipulate that TSC (Training Sequence Code) of the broadcast control channel of a cell is equal to the cell BCC. BCC occupies three bits. It is one of the network identification parameters.

Value range: 0 ~ 7

Note: Ensure that neighboring or adjacent cells using same BCCH carrier frequency must have different BSIC.

9. Support SoLSA MS Access (EXC_ACC)

Description: This parameter is broadcast to MS in the SI4, SI6, and SI7 messages and in the PSI3 and Psi3bis messages of local and neighboring cells. The network uses this parameter to prevent MS from residing in the cell.

Value range; 0: The cell is available to SoLSA mutual exclusive visit; 1: The cell is unavailable to SoLSA mutual exclusive visit

Default value: 0

10. LSA ID (LSA_ID)

Description: This parameter is broadcasted to MS in the “SI4”, “SI6”, “SI7”, and “PSI3” messages and in the “PSI3” and “Psi3bis” messages of the neighboring cells. It specifies LSA identifier of the cell.

Note: Determined by the network operator after the planning

11. RAC

GPRS system divides the location area to several routing areas that are identified by RAI (MCC+MNC+LAC+RAC), like the GSM system using the location area to manage a group of cells. “Routing area update” procedure is initiated in case of MS cell reselection in attach state, if the RAIs of the old and new cells change. MS and SGSN in Standby state know the routing area information. It pages MS in that routing

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 61

Page 62: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

area when the network has packet data or circuit data to transmit. RAI cannot span more than one SGSN.

Value range: 0 ~ 255

Note: Uniformly planned by the network operator

12. MS Min RxLev to Access (RxLevAsMin)

Description: Parameter used on MS side. This parameter is broadcasted to MS in the “PSI3” message of local cell and “PSI3” and “PSI3bis” messages of adjacent cells. It indicates minimum receiving level for MS to access the GPRS system. It is prescribed in the GSM system that receiving level must be larger than a threshold level when MS needs to access the network, that is: MS Min RxLev to Access (RxLevAsMin). It is to prevent MS from accessing the system in case of low receiving signal level (the communication quality cannot guarantee normal communication process after accessing), and from unreasonably wasting the radio source of network. In addition, it is also one of standards for MS to make cell selection and reselection (a parameter to calculate C31 and C32).

See Table 47 for value range of MS min RxLev to access.

TA B L E 47 VA L U E R A N G E O F MS M I N RX LE V T O AC C E S S

Value Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110 ~ -109

2 -109 ~ -108… …

61 -50 ~ -49

62 -49 ~ -48

63 > -48

Note: Recommended value is usually approximately to MS receiving sensitivity, and the cell “RxLevAccessMin” for some cells with overloaded traffic may be relevantly increased to decrease C1 and C2 values of the cell and along with the cell effective coverage range. However, the “RxLevAccessMin” value cannot be too large. Otherwise, “blind area” will be created at the cell boundaries factitiously. The level value is better not to exceed -90 dbm when the measure is adopted to balance the traffic. At the preliminary running stage of the network, this parameter usually can be set as 10 (that is, -101 dbm–-100 dbm) or lower, which is higher than the receiving sensitivity of MS, that is, -102 dbm. However, the parameter of the cell can be increased by 2 (dB) when the network capacity is expanded or the radio coverage is not a problem. Therefore, default value of this parameter can be set as 12 (that is, -99 dbm–-98 dbm).

13. MS Max TxPwr Before Network POC (MsTxMaxCCH)

62 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 63: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

Description: Parameter used on MS side. This parameter is broadcasted to MS in the “PSI3” message of local cell and “PSI3” and “Psi3bis” messages of the neighboring cells. The transmitting power of MS is controlled by the network during its communication with BTS. The network controls MS power by the power command and MS must use the transmitting power specified by the network as its output power. It uses the power that is closest to the specified value as its transmitting power if MS cannot output that power value. The power before MS receives the network power control information (the power used in random access) depends on GPRS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH when MS is receiving PBCCH. This parameter is also a parameter for cell selection and reselection by MS, involving in calculation of C1 and C2 values.

See Table 48 for value range of MS max TxPwr before network POC.

TA B L E 48 VA L U E R A N G E O F MS MA X TX PW R B E F O R E N E T W O R K POC

ValueOutput Power of MS (dBm)

GSM900Value

Output Power of MS (dBm)

GSM1800

0 ~ 2 39 29 36

3 37 30 34

4 35 31 32

5 33 0 30

… …

1 28

16 11

… …

17 9 13 4

18 7 14 2

19 ~ 31 5 15 ~ 28 0

Note: MS near BTS will interfere with the neighboring channels if this parameter is set to a large value. MS at the cell boundary will have low access success rate if it is too small. Reduce MS access level when possible under the precondition that MS at the cell boundary is guaranteed with certain access success rate. The value of this parameter is usually set as 5 (corresponding to GSM900MS) and 2 (corresponding to GSM1800MS). Test it in experiment mode in practical applications, after the parameter is set, that is, make a dial test at the cell boundary, and test MS access success rate and access time with different parameter settings to determine whether to increase or decrease parameter value.

14. Offset (dB) (ReselOff)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. It is broadcast to MS in the “PSI3” message. In the GPRS system, cell reselection adopts C32 as the standard. Similar to the C2 standard in GSM, there is a cell reselection offset parameter “ReselOff” for calculation of the C32 standard. When the offset represented by this parameter is 0 db, it does not need to be present in the packet system message.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 63

Page 64: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

See Table 49 for value range of offset.

TA B L E 49 VA L U E RA N GE O F OF F S E T

ReselOffset Relative Level Value

0 -52 dB

1 -48 dB… …

31 +48 dB

Default value: 0

15. Temp offset (dB) (TmpOffst)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS in the “PSI3” message. In the GPRS system, the cell reselection adopts C32. There is a temporary offset “TempOffset” in the C32 that provides a negative offset, like C2 in GSM system. The effective time depends on “Penalty Time” parameter.

See Table 50 for value range of temporary offset.

TA B L E 50 VA L U E R A N G E O F TE M P O R A R Y OF F S E T

Value Related Level Value Represented (dB)

0 0

1 10

2 20

3 30

4 40

5 50

6 60

7 Infinity

Note: It is better to set it the same as the offset in C2 standard of GSM system.

16. Penalty Time (10 s) (PnlTime)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS in the “PSI3” message. The cell reselection in GPRS system adopts C32. There is a temporary offset “TempOffset” in the C32 that provides a negative offset, like C2 in GSM system. The effective time depends on “Penalty Time” parameter.

See Table 51 for value range of penalty time.

64 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 65: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

TA B L E 51 VA L U E S O F PE N A L T Y T I M E

Value Time Length Represented

0 10 s

1 20 s

… …

31 320 s

Default value: 0

17. HCS parameters (HCS_EXST)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. They belong to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) and they are broadcasted to MS in the “PSI3” message, indicating whether HCS parameters (PrioClass and HCS_THR) exist in the cell. HCS parameters of other cells will also be ignored if local cell does not use HCS parameters, that is, all the cells using the HCS signal strength threshold of infinity.

Value range: 0: Not use HCS parameters; 1: Use HCS parameters

Default value: 0

18. Level Threshold (HCS_THR)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. It belongs to HCS parameter and it is broadcast to MS in the “PSI3” message of local cell and neighboring cells. It shows HCS signal strength threshold of the cell.

See Table 52 for value range of level threshold.

TA B L E 52 VA L U E R A N G E O F LE V E L TH R E S H O L D

Value Corresponding HCS Power Level Threshold

0 -110 db

1 -108 db… …

63 -48 db

Default value: 0

19. Priority (PrioCls)

Parameter used at MS side. It belongs to the HCS parameter and it is broadcasted to MS in the “PSI3” message. It shows the HCS priority of the cell.

Value range: 0 ~ 7

Default value: 0

20. Cell Reselection Status (CelBrAc2)

Description: This parameter belongs to HCS parameter and it is broadcasted to MS in the “PSI3” message. It indicates the cell reselection status.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 65

Page 66: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Value range: 0: Cell reselection restricted; 1: Cell reselection

Default value: 0

21. Inside-domain (IsDomainInterECell)

Description: This external cell is called inside-domain external cell when its resource cell belongs to this OMCR NM domain. This external cell is called outside-domain external cell when its resource cell doesn’t belong to this OMCR NM domain.

Value range: True: Outside-domain external cell; False: Inside-domain external cell

Default value: False

3G External Cell Parameters1. 3G external cell ID (Ec3GId)

Value range: 1 ~ 65535

Default value:0

2. 3G cell alias (Alias)

Description: Alias of 3G cell

3. Frequency point of 3G adjacent cell (FDDArfcn)

Value range: 1 ~ 65535

Default value: 0

4. Mobile Country Code (MCC)

Description: MCC consists of three decimal scale numbers, which uniquely identify the home country of the mobile subscriber (or system)

Value range: 0 ~ 999

5. Mobile Network Code (MNC)

Description: MNC consists of two decimal scale numbers, which uniquely identifies a specific GSM PLMN network in a country (decided by MCC)

Value range: 0 ~ 99

6. Location Area Code (LAC)

Description: The coverage of each GSM PLMN is divided into many location areas to determine the location of the mobile station, and the location code is to identify different location areas. LAC is one of the LAI composition parts (LAI = MCC + MNC + LAC). One location area contains multiple cells.

Value range: 0 ~ 65535 (0 and 65535 are reserved by the system and cannot be allocated)

7. Cell ID (C_ID)

Description: ID of sG adjacent cell

66 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 67: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 2 - BS System Radio Parameters

Value range: 0 ~ 65535

8. Main Scrambling group code of 3G adjacent cell 3G (ScramblingCode)

Value range: 0 ~ 511

Default value: 0

9. Adopt diversity (Diversity)

Description: Whether 3G adjacent cell to adopt diversity

Value range: True: Supports 3G adjacent cell to adopt diversity; False: Doesn't support 3G adjacent cell to adopt diversity

Default value: False。

10. Bandwidth of 3G adjacent cell (BandwithFDD)

Description: The bandwidth of 3G adjacent cell

Value range: 0 ~ 7

Default value: 0

11. RNC that 3G adjacent cell belongs to (RNC_ID)

Description: Each RNC in UTRAN of PLMN has unique ID, that is, RNC_ID. It is for UTRAN interface messages corresponding to correct route.

Value range: 0 ~ 4095

Note: Usually allocated uniformly by PLMN operator.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 67

Page 68: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

C h a p t e r 3

Cell Parameters

In this chapter, you will learn about:

Basic Parameters 1

Basic Parameters 2

Optional Parameters

Cell Selection Parameters

Service Process Additional Parameters

System Parameters

Cell Selection Parameters

Other Parameters

GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters

GPRS NC Survey Parameters

GPRS Cell Selection Parameters

GPRS Other Parameters

GPRS Channel Parameters

GPRS Power Control Parameters

Dynamic HR Parameters

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 68

Page 69: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

Basic Parameters 11. Cell No. (BTSID)

Description: The logic BTS number inside a SITE. Here, one BTS is a cell, or a sector frequently mentioned in the network planning.

Value range: 1 ~ 3

2. Cell type (CellType)

Description: The type of the cell

See Table 53 for value range of cell type.

TA B L E 53 VA L U E R A N G E O F CE L L TY P E

Value Cell Type

0 Umbrella cellular

1 macro-cell

2 micro-cell

3 Micro-micro-cell

4 Extended cell (TA>63)

Default value: 1

3. Location Area Code (LAC)

Description: The coverage of each GSM PLMN can fall into location areas to determine the location of the mobile station, and the location code is to identify different location areas. LAC is one of the LAI composition parts (LAI = MCC + MNC + LAC). One location area contains multiple cells.

Value range: 0 ~ 65535 (0 and 65535 are reserved by the system)

4. Cell Identity (CI)

Description: Network carriers allocate a unique code for each cell in a location area to uniquely indicate each cell in the GSM PLMN, that is, cell ID (CI).

Value range: 0 ~ 65535

5. Network Color Code (NCC)

Description: NCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). NCC is to enable mobile stations to distinguish adjacent and different GSM PLMN cells. Neighboring operators usually have different NCCs. The parameter related to NCC is the “NccPermitted” parameter of the cell. MS is disabled to measure the cell information of related operators by prohibiting MS to report relative NCC in the cell. Actually, NCC occupies three bits. NCC is one of the network identification parameters.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 69

Page 70: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Value range: 0 ~ 7

Normally, neighboring GSM PLMN should select different NCCs.

6. Bts Color Code (BCC)

Description: BCC is one of composition parts of Base Station ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). BCC is usually to enable mobile stations to distinguish adjacent cells with the same BCCH carrier frequency and belonging to the same GSM PLMN. In addition, GSM specifications stipulate that Training Sequence Code (TSC) of broadcast control channel of a cell must be equal to cell BCC. BCC occupies three bits. It is one of network identification parameters.

Value range: 0 ~ 7

Ensure that neighboring or adjacent cells using same BCCH carrier frequency must have different BSIC.

7. Cell frequency band (FreqBand)

Description: the system supports four frequency bands.

See Table 54 for value range of cell frequency band.

TA B L E 54 VA L U E R A N G E O F CE L L FR E Q U E N C Y B A N D

Value Cell Frequency Band

900GSM900: 890–915 MHZ (uplink)

935–960MHZ (downlink)

EXT900EGSM900: 880–915 MHZ (uplink)

925–960MHZ (downlink)

DCS1800GSM1800: 1710–1785 MHZ (uplink)

1805–1880 MHZ (downlink)

850MGSM850M: 824–849 MHZ (uplink)

869–894 MHZ (downlink)

8. Reselect Hysteresis Power Level (CRH)

Description: MS should initialize a location updating process after reselecting the cell when MS reselects the cell and if original cell and destination cell belong to different areas. C2 values of two cells measured at adjacent cell boundary will normally have relatively great fluctuation due to the fading characteristic of a radio channel, and result in MS to frequently reselect cells. Time frame is extremely short in terms of location updating, although the interval for reselecting two cells by MS will not be less than 15 s. It not only dramatically increases the signaling flow of networks, while the radio resources can not be fully utilized, but also decreases the call completion rate of the system due to paging unable to be responded to during MS location update. One parameter called Cell Reselecting Delay Lag (CRH) is set in the GSM specification to reduce the impact of this issue. It requires the signal level of adjacent cell (location cell and local cell are different) to be greater than local cell signal level and its value difference must be greater than the value specified by CRH. MS will start the cell reselecting in this case. This parameter is broadcasted to MS in the cell

70 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 71: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

via the “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” and “TYPE4”, which is one of the cell selection parameters.

Value range: 0 ~ 7. See Table 55 for value range of reselect Hysteresis power level.

TA B L E 55 VA L U E R A N G E O F RE S E L E C T HY S T E R E S I S PO W E R LE V E L

Value Specified Hysteresis Level

0 0 Db

1 2 dB

2 4 dB

3 6 dB

4 8 dB

5 10 dB

6 12 dB

7 14 dB

Note: Set Reselect Hysteresis to 4 or 5 (reselect Hysteresis power level is 8 dB or 10 dB) and make some adjustment in following cases: Increase cell reselection parameters of adjacent cells with different LAC in the area when there are a large number of services in an area and signaling traffic overload often occurs. Increase cell reselection parameters if adjacent cells belonging to different location areas have a wide range of coverage. Set cell reselection parameters to 1–3 (reselection power level is between 2 dB and 6 dB) if adjacent cells belong to different LAC having poor coverage.

Default value: 4

9. Maxmium number of repeating times for sending physical information messages (Ny1)

Description: BTS sends message “RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION” to notify MS advanced time value that will be used during asynchronous handover process to be in accordance with GSM specifications. BTS starts the timer T3105 after the message “ RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION” is sent once. BTS will resend message “RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION” and restart the timer T3105 if the timer expires and fails to decode the frames in second layer correctly (format A or format B) or TCH frames. The parameter Ny1 (the Max Number of Repetition) decides maxmium number of resending times for the “RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION” message. This is one of the BTS parameters.

Value range: 5 ~ 35

Default value: 5

10. Notification CCCH Message Period (PrdCLI)

Description: BTS will periodically send message “CCCH LOAD INDICATION” to BSC till CCCH channel is no longer over the threshold value when CCCH channel (RACH and PCH channels among them) load

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 71

Page 72: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

level of BTS exceeds a threshold value (overload) set by O&M to be in accordance with the GSM specifications. Among them, the period for sending the message “CCCH LOAD INDICATION” depends on this parameter, which is one of BTS parameters.

Value range: 1 ~ 255 (in the unit of 102TDMA frame)

Default value: 10

11. Received RACH Received power level threshold (RbusyThs)

Description: The threshold for receiving signal level in RACH bursts if the value is exceeded (that is less than - RachBusyThs dBm). It will be considered as a busy RACH.

Value range: 1 ~ 63.

See Table 56 for value range of RbusyThs.

TA B L E 56 VA L U E RA N GE O F R B U S Y TH S

Value Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110–-109

2 -109–-108… …

61 -50–-49

62 -49–-48

63 > -48

Default value: 40

12. TA Max (TAMAX)

Description: Maximum TA supported by the extended carrier frequency

Value range: 0 ~ 219

13. TA Allowed (TaAllowed)

Description: Permitted Maximum TA that allows MS access to this cell.

Value range: Expansion cell: 0 ~ 219; Common cell: 0 ~ 63

14. BCCH

Description: BCCH is the absolute frequency point number of carrier frequency.

Value range; Value is taken within frequency point range set by BSC broadcast range according to setting of network plan report.

15. Radio Frequency (CaArfcnList)

Description: The aggregate of the radio frequency of the BTS

Value range: Frequency point set, and the value range of each frequency point is the same as BCCH

16. PLMN Table (NccPermitted)

72 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 73: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

Description: This indicates the PLMN table that allows MS to report the measurement results.

Value range: Collection of NCC values, and value range of each element is 0 ~ 7

Default value: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]

17. Whether to support GPRS (PsSupprt)

Description: This parameter indicates if the cell supports GPRS

Value range: 0: not support; 1: support

Note: Set according to actual situations

18. Network Service Entity Identifier (NSEI)

Description: Each GPRS cell at the BSSGP layer of the GPRS protocol stack is assigned with one BSSGP Virtual Connection (BVC) (NSEI+BVCI) to facilitate the management. Each BVC must belong to one NSE. NSE is the network service entity. It is numbered uniformly in the entire network, marked with NSEI. Generally, one BSC is divided into one service entity. In view of expandability, the ZXG10 system also allows BSC to be attached with several NSEs.

Value range: 0 ~ 0xFFFF

Note: Uniformly planned by the network operator

19. BSSGP Virtual Connection Identifier (BVC No.)

Description: BSSGP Virtual Connection (BVC) provides an approach for the communications among different BSSGP entities. The peer-to-peer Point-to-Point (PTP) or Point-to-Multipoint PTM or inter-signaling entity transmission of BSSGP PDUs is based on BVC. Each virtual connection has one identifier, that is, BVCI. It enables the network service layer at the bottom layer to route BSSGP PDUs to the peer entity very effectively. Each GPRS cell in one NSE can be identified by a BVCI uniquely. One NSE has only one piece of signaling BVC (BVCI=0).

Value range: 0 ~ 65535

Note: Uniformly planned by the network operator

20. Route Area Code (RAC)

Description: GPRS system further divides the location area to several routing areas that are identified by RAI (MCC+MNC+LAC+RAC), like the GSM system using the location area to manage a group of cells. In case of MS cell reselection in attach state, if the RAIs of the old and new cells change, “Routing area update” procedure is initiated. MS and SGSN in Standby state know the routing area information, thus when the network has the packet data or circuit data to transmit, it pages MS in that routing area. RAI cannot span more than one SGSN.

Value range: 0 ~ 255

Note: Uniformly planned by the network operator.

21. PUC MUnit No. (SPCUMUNIT)

Description: The composite unit No. of SPCU corresponding to a cell.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 73

Page 74: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Value range: 0 ~ 255, and “0” indicates that the SPCU composite unit is not configured

22. BRP Group (BRPGROUP)

Description: BRP group related to the cell in the interface.

Value range: 1 ~ 6

23. Whether to support dynamic HR (DynalHREnable)

Value range: True: Dynamic HR enabled; False: Dynamic HR disabled

Default range: False

24. Channel Select Priority

Value range: 0 ~ 2

Basic Parameters 21. Survey Average Burst Count by RACH (AvgSlots)

Description: The number of bursts measured on RACH. RACH channel is overloaded if some receiving signal levels of AvgSlots BP are less than the RachBusyThs. It is a parameter used by BTS.

Value range: 0 ~ 100

Default value: 60

2. Bss Link Layer Error Counter Maximal (BsRadioLKTmOut)

Description: Maxmium value of the counter S that measures the radio link faults on BSS side

Value range: 0 ~ 15

Default value: 15

3. Ms Link Layer Error Counter Maximal (MsRadioLKTmOut)

Description: Maxmium value of the counter S that measures the radio link faults on MS side

Value range: 0 ~ 15

Default value: 15

4. MS Get the Minimal Intensity When Visit this Cell (RxLevAccessMin)

Description: It is minimal receiving level to allow MS to access the cell. It is prescribed in GSM system that the receiving level be greater than a threshold for MS to access the network, that is, MS Min RxLev to Access (minimum receiving level for MS to access the network). It prevents MS from accessing the system at a low receiving signal level (the poor communication quality usually cannot guarantee normal communications after access), and from unreasonably wasting the radio sources of network. In addition, it is one of the criteria for MS to select and reselect the cell. The parameter will be broadcasted to all MSs in a cell through “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” and “TYPE4” messages. RxLevAccessMin is also one of cell selection parameters.

74 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 75: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

Value range: 0–63. See Table 57 for value range of MS get minimal intensity when visit this cell.

TA B L E 57 VA L U E R A N G E O F MS GE T M I N I M A L I N T E N S I T Y WH E N V I S I T T H I S CE L L

Value Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110–-109

… …

62 -49–-48

63 > -48

Note: It is better for the value to be approximately to MS receiving sensitivity. The cell “RxLevAccessMin” may be relatively increased to decrease C1 and C2 values of the cell and along with the cell effective coverage range for some cells with overloaded traffic, but “RxLevAccessMin” value cannot be too large. Otherwise, “blind area” will be created at the cell boundaries factitiously. Level value is better not to exceed -90 dbm when the measure is adopted to balance the traffic. This parameter can be usually set as 10 (that is, from -101 dBm to -100 dBm) or lower at the preliminary running stage of the network, which is higher than MS receiving sensitivity -102 dBm. However, this parameter of the cell can be increased by 2 (dB) when the network capacity is expanded or the radio coverage in a cell is not a problem.

Default value: 12 (-99 dbm to -98 dbm)

5. RACH Load Indication Threshold (RLIT)

Description: BTS will periodically send the message “CCCH LOAD INDICATION” to BSC till the CCCH channel is no longer over the threshold value when the CCCH channel (the RACH channel among them) load level of BTS is over a threshold value (overload) set by O&M to be in accordance with the GSM specifications. Among them, the threshold depends on the parameter “CcchLoadThs”. This is one of BTS parameters.

Value range: 0 ~ 100

See Table 58 for value range of RACH load indication threshold.

TA B L E 58 VA L U E R A N G E O F RACH LO A D I N D I C A T I O N TH R E S H O L D

Value Meaning

0 CCCH load percentage 0%

1 CCCH load percentage 1%… …

100 CCCH load percentage 100%

6. PCH Load Indication Threshold (PLIT)

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 75

Page 76: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Description: BTS will periodically send the “CCCH LOAD INDICATION” message to BSC till the CCCH channel is no longer over the threshold value when the CCCH channel (the PCH channel among them) load level of BTS is over a threshold value (overload) set by O&M to be in accordance with the GSM specifications. Among them, the threshold depends on the parameter “CcchLoadThs”. This is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.

Value range: 0 ~100

See Table 59 for value range of PCH load indication threshold.

TA B L E 59 VA L U E RA N GE O F PCH LO A D IN D I C A T I O N TH R E S H O L D

Value Meaning

0 CCCH load percentage 0%

1 CCCH load percentage 1%… …

63 CCCH load percentage 63%

100 CCCH load percentage 100%

7. Maximal Retransmission Times on RACH Last Access (MaxRetrans)

Description: MS will send the channel request message in the RACH channel to the network when MS starts the immediate assignment process (such as a MS needing to update the location, originate a call or respond paging). The network enables MS to send multiple channel request messages before it receives the immediate assignment message to improve the access success rate of MS, for RACH is an ALOHA channel. Maxmium number of allowed resending times depends on the “MaxRetrans”. This parameter notifies MS in the cell via “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4”. The “MaxRetrans” is one of the control parameters of the system.

Value range: See Table 60 for value range of MaxRetrans.

TA B L E 60 VA L U E R A N G E O F MA XR E T R A N S

Value MaxRetrans

0 1

1 2

2 4

3 7

Note: Following methods are available to set MaxRetrans:

It can be set as 3 (that is, maximum number of resending times is 7) for the cell radius over 3km and the area with small traffic, to improve the access success rate of MS.

76 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 77: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

It can be set as 2 (that is, maxmium number of resending times is 4) for the cell radius less than 3km and the area with common traffic.

It can be set as 1 (that is, maxmium number of resending times is 2) for the micro cellular.

It can be set as 0 (that is, maxmium number of resending times is 1) for the micro cell with heavy traffic and the cell with obvious congestion.

Default value: 2

8. Ms Max Transmit Power When Access (MTPMax)

Description: The transmission power is controlled by the network during the communication between MS and BTS. The network sets the power for MS via the power command and the command is transmitted on SACCH (the SACCH has 2 header bytes, one is the power control byte and the other is the lead time byte). MS must extract the power control header from downward SACCH and takes the specified transmission power as output power. It will output the closest transmission power that can be output if the power level of MS cannot output the power value. It must be used with other channels, such as SDCCH, TCH, for SACCH is the associated channel signal. MS power control by the network actually begins after MS receives SACCH. The power (that is, the power used when the channel request is sent on RACH) used by MS before receiving SACCH depends on the control channel maximum power level “MsTxPwrMaxCch”. The “MsTxPwrMaxCch” is also a parameter for cell selection and reselection by MS, involving in calculation of C1 and C2 values. This parameter is broadcasted to all the MSs in the cell via “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” and “TYPE4” messages, which is one of the cell selection parameters.

Value range: See Table 61 for value range of MS max transmit power when access.

TA B L E 61 VA L U E RA N GE O F MS M A X TR A N S M I T PO W E R WH E N AC C E S S

GSM900 GSM1800

Value Output Power of MS (dBm) Value Output Power of MS (dBm)

0–2 39 29 36

3 37 30 34

4 35 31 32

5 33 0 30

… … … …

17 9 13 4

18 7 14 2

19–31 5 15–28 0

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 77

Page 78: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Note: MS near BTS will interfere with the neighboring channels if this parameter is set to a large value. MS at the cell boundary will have low access success rate if it is too small. Reduce MS access under the precondition that MS at the cell boundary is guaranteed certain access success rate, if possible. The larger the cell coverage, the higher is MS output power level. This parameter is usually set at 5 corresponding to GSM900MS and 0 for the GSM1800MS. Make a dial test at the cell boundary after the parameter is set in practical applications, and test MS access success rate and access time with different parameter settings to determine whether to increase or decrease the value of this parameter.

Default value: 2

9. AGCH Model Count (BsAgBlkRes)

Description: This is the amount of blocks used for AGCH in the 51 multiple frames (BS-AG-BLK-RES). Table 62 shows the CCCH channel information blocks contained in each BCCH multi-frame (51 frames contained) in case of different CCCH configurations. The number of blocks reserved to allow access channel in the CCCH channel message blocks on the network must be set, for CCCH channels contain both the allowed access channel and paging channel. The system message of each cell contains a configuration parameter to make this configuration information known to MS, that is, the access allowed reserved blocks can be calculated via “CCCHConf” and “BsAgBlkRe” for the number of “BsAgBlkRes” blocks of PCH. This parameter can be dynamically adjusted during the actual running according to the load status of different common channels. It is the broadcast to all MSs in the cell through the “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” message.

Value range: See Table 62 for value range of AGCH model count.

TA B L E 62 VA L U E RA N GE O F AGCH MO D E L CO U N T

CCCH_CONF

BS_AG_BLK_RES

Number of AGCH Blocks Reserved in Each BCCH Multi-frame

Number of PCH Blocks Reserved in Each BCCH Multi-frame

1

0 0 3

1 1 2

2 2 1

Others (illegal)

- -

Others

0 0 9

1 1 8

2 2 7

3 3 6

4 4 5

5 5 4

6 6 3

7 7 2

78 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 79: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

Default value: 1 (CcchConf = 1); 2 (CcchConf = other values)

10. Call Team Account for Multiframe Count (BsPamframs)

Description: The multi-frame quantity (BS-PA-MFRMS) is given to the 51 TDMA frames of MS in the same paging group by the transmission paging message. In accordance with the GSM specifications, each mobile subscriber (that is, corresponding to each IMSI) belongs to one paging group, and each paging group in every cell is corresponding to one paging sub-channel. MS calculates its paging group in the light of its own IMSI, so that the paging sub-channel location that of belonging to the paging group will be calculated. In the actual network, MS only “tunes in” the paging sub-channel to which it belongs and ignores the contents of other paging sub-channels, and shuts off the power supply of some hardware equipment in MS to save the power overhead of MS. The multi-frame quantity (BsPaMframs) of the paging channel means how many multiple frames will act as one cycle for the paging sub-channel. Actually, the parameter determines how many sub-channel calculations will be allocated for the paging channel in a cell. This parameter is used by MS to calculate the paging group in which it is located, so that related paging sub-channel can be monitored. This parameter is broadcasted to all MS in the cell via the message “SYSTEM INFORMATION”. BsPaMframs is broadcasted to MS in the cell via the “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” message. BsPaMframs is one of the system control parameters.

Value range: See Table 63 for value range of call team account for Multiframe count.

TA B L E 63 VA L U E RA N GE O F C A L L TE A M AC C O U N T F O R MU L T I F R A M E CO U N T

Value Number of Multi-frames Cycled on Same Paging Channel in Same Paging Group

0 2

1 3

2 4

3 5

4 6

5 7

6 8

7 9

Note: The parameter must be as small as possible under condition of guaranteeing paging channel without overload. This parameter is generally 6 or 7 (that is, 8 or 9 multiple frames will be a cycle for the paging group) for the area with heavy traffic. This parameter can be set at 4 or 5 (that is, 6 or 7 multi-frame will be a cycle for the paging group) for the area with modest traffic. This parameter can be set at 2 or 3 (that is, 4 or 5 multiple frames can be a cycle for paging group) for the area with less traffic.

Default value: 2

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 79

Page 80: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

11. Most Time Interval of MR Resend at RACH (T3122)

Description: The network will send “Immediate assignment deny” message to MS after the network receives the channel request message sent by MS and if there is no proper channel to be allocated to the MS. The timer parameter T3122 will be contained in the “Immediate assignment deny” message to avoid MS continuously sending the channel request that will result in further congestion of radio channel, that is, the waiting indication information unit. MS must wait for a time indicated by T3122 before starting a new call after receiving “Immediately assign rejection message”. This parameter is also one of the system control parameters and is sent to MS in “Immediately assign rejection” message.

See Table 64 for most time interval of MR resend at RACH (T3122).

TA B L E 64 VA L U E RA N GE O F MO S T T I M E I N T E R V A L O F MR RE S E N D A T RACH (T3122)

T3122 Meaning

0 0 s

1 1 s

2 2 s

… …

255 255 s

Usually, it is better to set T3122 as 10 s ~ 15 s, and 15 s ~25 s for the area with dense traffic.

Default value: 10

Optional Parameters1. Whether to allow IMSI attach/detach (Attach/Detach)

Description: IMSI Attach/detach Allowed, ATT in a cell. IMSI detaching process means that MS reports entering non-working status to the network, that is, switch-off or the process to take the SIM card out from the MS. The network (normally VLR) marks the IMSI subscriber in a non-working status, and the called connection request of the subscriber will be denied now, so it is unnecessary to page. Accordingly, the attaching process of IMSI means that MS reports entering working status to the network or reinserting the SIM card into the MS, and MS checks whether the LAI that of MS located is consistent with the original one saved. Start the IMSI attaching process if so and start the location updating process if not. The network marks the working status of the subscriber when receiving the IMSI attaching or the location update process. This parameter is contained in the information unit “Control channel description” for “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” message.

80 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 81: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

Value range: True: Enabling MS attach/detach in a cell; False: Disabling MS attach/detach in a cell

Note: The parameters of different cells in the same location area should be the same.

Default value: True

2. Cell Bar Access (CellBarAccess)

Description: PLMN carriers can determine whether to allow MS residing in a specific cell (for instance, the area being under the test or only for the area to attract handover traffic). This parameter notifies MS in the cell via “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4” message. “CellBarAccess” is combined with “CellBarQulify” (cell disable limit) deciding the priority of the cell selection and reselection.

Default value: False

3. Allow Downlink DTX (DtxDwlink)

Description: DTX that is applied in the downlink direction is an optional process of BSC. Discontinuous transmission (DTX) refers to the process where the system does not transmit signals in the speech dialogue period during the subscriber communication process. This parameter involves controlling the DTX mode applied in the downlink direction. Practically, whether to apply DTX (the messages “CHANNEL ACTIVATION” and “MODE MODIFY” given to BTS) in the downlink direction will be jointly decided by the parameter plus if the indication about downlink direction will be used in the messages “ASSIGNMENT REQUEST” and “HANDOVER REQUEST” of the MSC.

Value range: True: Downlink DTX can be used; False: Downlink DTX cannot be used

Default value: True

4. Allow Call Reestablish In Cell (CallReestablish)

Description: MS can originate call re-establishment process to restore the call if the network has the right to allow call re-establishment, for “blind spot” caused by burst-out interference or high-rise building will result in call disconnection due to radio link fault. This function is implemented via setting the parameter “CallReestablish”. This parameter is broadcasted to MS in the cell via the messages “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4”, which is one of the network function parameters.

Value range: True: Call establishment is allowed in the cell; False: Call establishment is not allowed in the cell

Default value: False

5. Allow Emergency Call (EmergencyCall)

Description: Generally, any MS on the GSM network must have a valid subscriber identification module card (SIM) to get various service supports from the network. Carriers have the right to decide whether to allow MS making an Emergency Call (EC), such as burglar alarm for MS without a SIM card or MS with a SIM but its access level (one of levels from C0~C9) has been closed by current cell (that is, it cannot start the access program according to the system message of the

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 81

Page 82: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

current cell). This function is implemented via setting the “EmergencyCall” parameter. This parameter is broadcasted to MS in the cell via the messages “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4”, which is one of the network function parameters.

Values: True: MS with the access level 0~9 is not allowed to make an emergency call, and MS with the access level 11~15 is also not allowed to make an emergency call if its related access control bit is T; False: Emergency call is allowed for all MSs.

Note: the emergency call phone number is defined as 112 in GSM specifications, which is different from China telephone number assignment. However, 112, on the network, generally connects the voice announcement telephone, notifying subscribers various special service numbers. Therefore, EC setting is “False”, that is, the emergency call is allowed.

Default value: False

6. T3212 timer: periodical location update timer

Description: There are two major causes in GSM system, resulting in location update. One is that MS found out its location area changed (different LAC), and the other is that the network specifies MS to periodically update its location. The interval for periodic location updating is controlled by the network and the duration depends on the T3212 timer. This parameter is broadcast to all MSs in the cell via “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” message. T3212 timer is one of the system control parameters.

Value range: 0 ~ 255

See Table 65 for value range of T3212 timer.

TA B L E 65 VA L U E RA N GE O F T3212 T I M E R

T3212 Time Indicated (min.) Time Indicated (hr.)

0 Infinite (without location updating) Infinite (without location updating)

1 6 0.1

2 12 0.2… … …

254 1524 25.4

255 1530 25.5

Note: The setting of this parameter will affect the overall service performance and utilization rate of radio resources of the network. As to the area with relatively high traffic, a higher cycle can be chosen (that is, 16 or 20 hours, even 25 hours). T3212 can be relatively small (such as 3 or 6 hours) for the area with ordinary traffic. And it is better to set T3212 as 0 for the area with extreme overload traffic.

Default value: 10

82 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 83: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

7. Cell Bar Qualify (CellBarQualify)

Description: Carriers hope that MS preferably selects some cells in the cell selection according to the capacity, traffic and functional difference of each cell for overlapped areas in a cell, that is, set the priority of the cell. This function can be implemented via setting the “CellBarQualify” parameter. The “Cell disable limit” is to set the cell priority in some special cases. This parameter is broadcasted to all the MSs in the cell via the messages “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” and “TYPE4”, which is one of the cell selection parameters. Whether this parameter is valid will depend on “CellReselPI”.

Value range: See Table 66 for value range of cell bar qualify.

TA B L E 66 VA L U E RA N GE O F C E L L BA R QU A L I F Y

CellBarQualify CellBarAccess Cell selection Priority

Cell ReseLection Status

F F Normal Normal

F T Barred Barred

T F Low Normal

T T Low Normal

Note: “CellBarAccess” is normally set as F, and “CellBarQulify” is also set as F, that is, the cell priority is set as normal. Carriers may hope that MS preferably enter some types of cells, set the priority of this cell type as “Normal”, while the priorities of other cells are set as “Low”, in some cases, such as micro cellular application, dual-frequency networking, etc. This setting will not affect the cell reselection.

Default value: False

8. MS Type Can not Visit Cell (AccessControl)

Description: All MSs in GSM system have an access class (15 classes in total). The MSs with the class ranging between 0 and 9 are common ones, while those with the class ranging between 11 and 15 are special MSs (no access class 10). Therefore, the system can disable the MSs with certain access classes to access the cell (for example during the installation commissioning or the congestion control). These pieces of information can reach MS inside the cell in “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4” messages through the “AccessControl” parameter. AccessControl is also one of the system control parameters. The degree of congestion for any CCCH or processor overload during congestion control can be reduced by temporarily prohibiting one type or multiple types of subscribers from accessing the system (for subscribers of access levels 0~9). Generally speaking, the system will have the following overload conditions:

RACH overload is found in the “CCCH LOAD INDICATION” message and processed by BSS according to the standard GSM08.58

AGCH overload is found in “DELETE INDICATION” message first, and handled by BSS by not sending “IMMEDIATE REJECT” message

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 83

Page 84: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

PCH overload is found in “CCCH LOAD INDICATION” message, and the BSS will not make any process but notify the MSC

Other types of overload is found in the “OVERLOAD” message, for example, MTP overload

Value range: False: MS with corresponding access level is not barred and can be accessed by the cell; True: MS with corresponding access level is barred and cannot be accessed by the cell.

Default value: C0 ~ C15 (excluding C10). It is usually set as True. Try to reduce unnecessary impact on the installation or maintenance during the commission or maintenance and test in some cells.

Cell Selection Parameters1. Additional Reselection PI (AdditionalReselPI)

Description: The cell selection and reselection of MS depends on the parameter C1 and C2, according to the definition in the GSM specification. Network carriers decide whether to use C2 as the cell reselection parameter. AdditionReselPI (Additional Reselect Param Ind, ACS) is to notify MS whether C2 is adopted during the cell reselection. This parameter is broadcasted to MS in the cell via the “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” and “TYPE4” messages, which is one of the cell selection parameters.

Value range: False: MS takes off cell reselection parameter PI and the parameters related to computing C2 if the rest bytes “SI4 Rest Octets” in “SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE4” message exist; True: MS takes off cell reselection parameter PI and the parameters related to computing C2 from the rest bytes “SI7/8 Rest Octets” of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 7 or 8

Note: Generally, the system messages 7 and 8 are seldom used. Set the “AdditionReselPI” as False normally. “AdditionReselPI” is set as True when the system adopts the system messages 7 and 8, and the cell reselection uses C2.

Default value: false

2. Cell Reselection PI (C2) (CellReselPI)

Description: The cell reselection parameter index is employed to notify MS whether to use the C2 as the cell reselection parameter and if there is the parameter for calculating C2. Indicate whether related parameter for calculating cell reselection standard C2 contained in the message “SYSTEM INFORMATION” message and whether C2 standard is adopted in the cell reselection. The successive “ReselOff”, “TempOffset” and “PenalTim” are invalid, and MS takes C1 as the cell reselection standard when this value is False. This parameter will be broadcasted to all MS in the cell in the messages “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” and “TYPE4”. “CellReselPI” is one of the cell selection parameters.

Value range: False: MS regards parameter C1 as a cell reselection standard. Parameters CellBarQualify, ReselOffset, TemporaryOffset,

84 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 85: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

and PenaltyTime are invalid; True: MS should get parameters to compute C2 from cell broadcast system messages and regard C2 as a cell reselection standard. Parameters CellBarQualify, ReselOffset, TemporaryOffset, and PenaltyTime are invalid

Note: “CellReselPI” must be set as True if related cell adopts C2 as the cell reselection standard. Otherwise, it is set as False.

Default value: True

3. Cell Reselection Offset (CRO) (ReselOffset)

Description: The cell reselect caused by the radio channel quality takes the C2 as the standard. The C2 is formed according to C1 parameter plus some factitious offset parameters, to add the factitious influence as to encourage MS to enter some cells in priority, or to block MS from entering some cells. Usually, such measures are all adopted to balance the traffic on the network. Besides C1, there are three factors affecting C2: ReselOffset, TemporaryOffset, and PenaltyTime. The ReselOffset (Cell Reselect Offset, CRO) is a magnitude value, which indicates the factitious modified value to C2. To calculate a modification value of the cell C2 reselect standard is to factitiously encourage or block MS to enter a cell, so that the network balance can be realized. This parameter is broadcasted to all the MSs in the cell via the messages “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” and “TYPE4”, which is one of the cell selection parameters. Whether this parameter is valid depends on “CellReselPI”.

Value range: See Table 67 for value range of cell reselection offset (CRO).

TA B L E 67 VA L U E RA N GE O F C E L L RE S E L E C T I O N OF F S E T (CRO)

Value Related Level Value Represented (dB)

0 0

1 2

2 4

… …

62 124

63 126

Note: The cell reselect offset (ReselOffset), the temporary offset (TemporaryOffset) and the penalty time (PenaltyTime). The settings of three parameters can be divided into three cases:

MS is expected not to work in the cell (that is, certain repulsion to that cell) with large traffic or poor communication quality due to certain causes. The PenaltyTime can be set as 31 in such cases. The parameter “TemporaryOffset” is invalid, and the numerical value of C2 equals C1 minus “Reseloffset”. Therefore, the C2 value corresponding to the cell is factitiously decreased, and it reduces the possibility that MS takes the cell as the reselected one. Besides, the proper ReselOffset can be set according to the repellent

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 85

Page 86: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

condition of the cell. The more repellent, the larger ReselOffset. Vice versa in case of a smaller ReselOffset.

MS is normally encouraged to work in that cell (that is, certain propensity to that cell) for cells with small traffic and low equipment utilization. ReselOffset is better to be set between 0 ~ 10 (corresponding to 0–20 db) in this case, according to tendency condition of the cell. The more tendency, the larger ReselOffset. Vice versa in case of a smaller ReselOffset. It is usually better to set the TemporaryOffset same as ReselOffset, or a little higher than “ReselOffse”. The main function of PenaltyTime is to avoid frequent cell reselection of MS, and the commonly recommended setting is 0 (20 seconds) or 1 (40 seconds) (the 1800 cell of dual-frequency network is such a case).

“ReselOffset” is set as 0 and “PenaltyTime” as 31 for cells with ordinary traffic. C2 is equal to C1, that is, without human factors on the cell.

Default value: 0

4. Temp Offset (TO) (TemporaryOffset)

Description: The cell reselect caused by the radio channel quality takes the C2 as the standard. The C2 is formed according to parameter C1 plus some factitious offset parameters, to add the factitious influence is to encourage MS to enter some cells in priority, or to block MS entering some cells. Usually, such measures are all adopted to balance the traffic on the network. Besides C1, there are three factors affecting C2: ReselOffset, TemporaryOffset, and PenaltyTime. The TemporaryOffset indicates the temporary modification value for C2. What temporary means that it only acts on C2 for a period of time and the period depends on parameter PenaltyTime. This parameter is broadcasted to all MSs in the cell via messages “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” and “TYPE4”, which is one of the cell selection parameters. Whether this parameter is valid depends on “CellReselPI”.

Value range: See Table 68 for value range of temp offset (TO).

TA B L E 68 VA L U E RA N GE O F TE M P OF F S E T (TO)

Value Related Level Value Represented (dB)

0 0

1 10

2 20

3 30

4 40

5 50

6 60

7 Infinity

Default value: 0

86 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 87: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

5. Penalty Time (PT) (PenaltyTime)

Description: The cell reselect caused by radio channel quality takes C2 as standard. C2 is formed according to parameter C1 plus some factitious offset parameters, to add the factitious influence is to encourage MS to enter some cells in priority, or to block MS from entering certain cells. Usually, such measures are all adopted to balance the traffic on a network. Besides C1, there are three factors affecting C2: ReselOffset, TemporaryOffset, and PenaltyTime. The TemporaryOffset indicates the temporary modification value for C2. What temporary means is that it only acts on C2 for a time, and that time frame depends on the parameter PenaltyTime. This parameter is broadcasted to all the MSs in the cell via the messages “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” and “TYPE4”, which is one of the cell selection parameters. Whether this parameter is valid depends on “CellReselPI”.

Value range: See Table 69 for value range of penalty time (PO).

TA B L E 69 VA L U E RA N GE O F PE N A L T Y T I M E (PO)

Value The Time Value Represented (second)

0 20

1 40

2 60

… …

29 600

30 620

31 TemporaryOffset is invalid, and the action direction of ReselOffset is reversed

Default value: 20

6. Early Class Mark Transmission Control (ECSC)

Description: MS will transmit appended class mark information (Classmark 3) to the network via the “CLASSMARK CHANGE” message as soon as possible according to the GSM specifications, when a MS is equipped with the ECSC function that is also supported by the network and after it is assigned. Whether the network supports ECSC function depends on “ECSC” parameter. The parameter is broadcasted to the MSs in the cell via “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” message.

Value range: False: Disabling MS early class mark transmission; True: Enabling MS early class mark transmission

Note: Set ECSC as True if there is another frequency section in adjacent cell for handover or the cell is an expanded GSM cell, and the network supports the ECSC function. Otherwise, it will be set as False.

Default value: True

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 87

Page 88: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

7. Hardware Support Half Rate (NECI)

Description: The service channels in the GSM system can fall into channels with full rate and channels with half rate according to GSM specifications. Common GSM systems all support channels with full rate. Whether the network supports half rate service depends on the network operators. The new setup reason denotes the NECI to notify MS if the area supports the half rate service. The parameter notifies MS via the “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” and “TYPE4” messages, which is one of network’s functional parameters.

Value range: False: The cell does not support half rate service access; True: The cell supports half rate service access

Default value: False

8. MS Power Offset (PwrOffsetInd)

i. Power Offset Index

Description: Transmission power to send access request message on RACH is to add an offset value according to MsTxPwrMaxCCH value for the Class 3 MS of GSM1800, which depends on “PwrOffset” parameter. Whether the offset value is necessary depends on parameter “PwrOffsetInd”, that is, the “PwrOffsetInd” parameter decides whether the parameter of “PwrOffse” is valid. The parameter is broadcasted to the MSs in the cell via “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3, 4, 7 and 8” messages.

Value range: False: invalid PwrOffset; True: valid PwrOffset

Default value: False

ii. Power Offset Value

Description: The transmission power sending an access request message on RACH channel is to add an offset value according to MsTxPwrMaxCCH value in GSM specifications, for MS of Class 3 GSM1800. Modification value depends on the parameter of PwrOffset . Whether the offset value is necessary depends on the PwrOffsetInd parameter, that is, parameter of PwrOffsetInd decides whether the parameter of PwrOffse is valid. The parameter of PwrOffset also affects MS calculating cell selection and cell reselection standards C1 and C2. The parameter is broadcasted to the MSs in the cell via “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3, 4, 7 and 8” messages.

Value range: See Table 70 for value range of power offset.

TA B L E 70 VA L U E R A N G E O F PO W E R OF F S E T

Value Offset Power Represented (dB)

0 0

1 2

88 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 89: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

2 4

3 6

Default value: 0

Service Process Additional Parameters1. Use Directed Retry

Description: Whether to use directed retry. It will assign a service channel for MS in an adjacent cell according to the measurement report from MS during the assignment, if there is no service channel to be allocated in the service cell while the system adopts the directed retry. This is a special handover process that can reduce the call drop rate. The directed retry can be sorted as the directed retry in BSC and between BSCs, the former is not required of the MSC but the latter does require MSCs support.

Value range: False: Directed retry is not used; True: Directed retry is used

Default value: False

2. Allow Queue when Assign (QueueInd0)

Description: The parameter decides whether queuing can be performed in the assignment process and when there is no channel available in the cell.

Value range: True/False

Default value: False

3. Allow Queue when Handover (QueueInd1)

Description: The parameter decides whether queuing can be performed during a handover process and when there are no available channels in the cell.

Value range: True/False

Default value: False

4. Assign Remove Mark and HandOver Remove Mark (PreemptionInd0)

Description: Whether forced disconnection is allowed during the assignment and handover. Forced disconnection process: Those connections that are liable to be damaged can be forcedly disconnected (handover) to allocate their resources to the assignments or handover request with higher priority when the priority in the assignment request or handover is valid and the preemption is valid. Whether a call is easily damaged will be shown in assignment requests and handover.

Value range: See Table 71 for value range of assignment remove mark and HandOver remove mark.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 89

Page 90: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

TA B L E 71 VA L U E R A N G E S O F A S S I GN RE M O V E MA R K (CH O O S E , DA M A GE ) A N D H A N DOV E R R E M O V E M A R K (C H O O S E , DA M A G E )

Value Meaning

Preemption Remove Mark for Assignment (Choose, Damage)

True: assignment request allowed remove

False: assignment request disallowed remove.

Preemption Mark for Handover (Choose, Damage)

True: handover request allowed remove

False: handover request disallowed remove.

Default value: False (for both Assign Remove Mark and HandOver Remove Mark).

5. Allow Rapid Average after Power Control(FastAvg)

Description: The corresponding handover and power control may not be performed during the calling process due to less measured data. The process of calculating average value can be enabled, for these processes generally require values that can be measured reach a certain window size, for example, when the window size to calculate average value is 8. Common average process will not take place, for the BSC has only received 5 measured values. BSC will directly calculate the average of the 5 measured values if the fast average process is adopted. There are two cases resulting in insufficient data for calculating the average value, that is, call establishment period, after handover and after power control. It is necessary to point out that, after the power control is performed once, former measured values are discarded in situations where they could result in an error control (measured values without the influence on handover control are still existing). In addition, old measured values are discarded after the handover has occurred keeping it from causing error control (the forward and backward cells are in the same BSC).

Value range: False: Disabling Rapid Average after Power Control; True: Enabling Rapid Average after Power Control.

Default value: False

6. Allow FACCH Call Setup after Emergency Call/Allow FACCH Call Setup when Page Respond/Allow Call Setup on FACCH/Allow Call Reestablish on FACCH(FacchCallInd1)

Description: BSC can allocate the TCH channel accordingly when a MS attempts to access the network, and there is no SDCCH available in the cell.

Value range: See Table 72 for value range of FACCH call setup.

90 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 91: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

TA B L E 72 VA L U E R A N G E O F FACCH CA L L SE T U P

Parameter Meaning

Allow FACCH Call Setup after Emergency Call

1: The emergency call allows the FACCH call establishment process

0: The emergency call does not allow the FACCH call establishment process

Allow FACCH Call Setup when Page Respond

1: The response paging allows the FACCH call establishment process

0: The response paging does not allow the FACCH call establishment process

Allow Call Setup on FACCH

1: The originating call allows the FACCH call establishment process

0: The originating call does not allow the FACCH call establishment process

Allow Call Reestablish on FACCH

1: The call re-setup allows the FACCH call establishment process

0: The call re-setup does not allow the FACCH call setup process

Default value: True for all

7. Optimize TxPwr (OptTxPwrInd)

Description: Introducing the concept of signal level optimization, the transmission power of the mobile phone and the BS can be optimized after the assignment and handover of mobile phone and BS (including the directed retry). It can avoid increased interference of entire GSM system caused by maximum transmission power, or failure of mobile phone access and reduction of system call completion ratio caused by smaller transmission power (when it is intra-cell handover or when assigning). It is an optional item. The parameter “OptTxPwrInd” is to decide whether relevant function of optimization transmission power is enabled. It is necessary to point out that optimization of uplink transmission power is related to smallest acceptable CCI allocated by the channel. Moreover, the parameter also decides validity of parameters “OptRxLevUL” and “OptRxLevDL”, that is, when a process in uplink/downlink direction requires to be optimized.

Value range: See Table 73 for value range of optimize TxPwr.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 91

Page 92: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

TA B L E 73 VA L U E R A N G E O F OP T I M I Z E TX PW R

Parameter Meaning

Optimize TxPwr when Uplink Assign

1: Optimize the transmission power when assigning in uplink direction

0: Not performing the transmission power optimization when assigning in uplink direction

Optimize TxPwr when Uplink intra-Cell HandOver

1: Optimize the transmission power when the handover internal cell and in uplink direction(including the concentric handover)

0: Not optimize the transmission power when the handover in the cell and in uplink direction (including the concentric handover)

Optimize TxPwr when Uplink Inter-Cell HandOver

1: Optimize the transmission power when the handover between cells in uplink direction(including the directed retry)

0: Not optimize the transmission power when the handover between cells in uplink direction(including the directed retry)

Optimize TxPwr when Downlink Assign

1: Optimize the transmission power when assigning in downlink direction

0: Not optimize the transmission power when assigning in downlink direction

Optimize TxPwr when Downlink Intra-Cell HandOver

1: Optimize the transmission power when the handover internal cell and in downlink direction (including the concentric handover)

0: Not optimize the transmission power when the handover internal cell and in downlink direction (including the concentric handover)

Optimize TxPwr when Downlink Inter-Cell HandOver

1: Optimize the transmission power when the handover between cells in downlink direction(including the directed retry)

0: Not optimize the transmission power when the handover between cells in downlink direction (including the directed retry)

Default value: False for all the above

8. Allow to Assign from SDCCH to TCH of Special TRX (CiAssignInd)

Description: Whether to perform the assignment process from the SDCCH to the TCH of the special TRX. MS can be directly assigned from SDCCH to TCH channel on special TRX to avoid the call drop according to C/I concentric technology, when there is no TCH channel on a common TRX but there are suitable TRX channels on the special TRX, in addition to queuing. The parameter “CiAssignInd” decides whether it can be done.

Note: whether the parameter is valid is decided by the bit related to the concentric circle in the “HoControl” field of the “R_HOC” table.

Value range: False: Disabling assignment process from SDCCH to TCH of special TRX; True: Enabling the assignment process from SDCCH to TCH of special TRX

92 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 93: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

Default value: True

9. Uplink Best Signal Level (OptRxLevUL)

Description: The parameter indicates receiving intensity of best uplink signal in the cell, that is, under receiving intensity. The signal quality and low interference can be guaranteed. “OptRxLevUl” is mobile signal level that BS expects to receive during the assignment or handover, if optimization of transmission power in the uplink direction is performed.

Value range: See Table 74 for value range of uplink best signal level.

TA B L E 74 VA L U E R A N G E O F UP L I N K BE S T S I G N A L LE V E L

Value Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110 to -109

… …62 -49 to -48

63 > -48

Note: Refer to descending threshold value controlled by uplink power.

Default value: 22

10. Downlink Best Signal Level(OptRxLevDL)

Description: The parameter indicates receiving intensity of the best downlink signal in the cell, under the receiving intensity. Signal quality and low interference can be guaranteed. “OptRxLevDl” is mobile signal level that BS expects to receive during the assignment or handover, if optimization of transmission power in downlink direction is performed.

Value range: See Table 75 for value range of downlink best signal level.

TA B L E 75 VA L U E R A N G E O F DO W N L I N K B E S T S I GN A L LE V E L

Value Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110 to -109… …

62 -49 to -48

63 > -48

Note: Refer to descending threshold value controlled by downlink power

Default value: 22

11. Candidate Cell Max Count (CandiateNum)

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 93

Page 94: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Description: A certain number of cells are necessary to supply in terms of specifications, when BSC sends “BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED” message to MSC. This parameter decides largest number of candidate cells that can be contained in “BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED” message.

Value range: 1 ~ 16

Default value: 6

12. Up-Downlink Signal Balance (RxLevelBalance)

Description: The parameter indicates different values for uplink signal level and downlink signal level in the area covered by cell. Calculation method: RxLevBalance = Downlink signal – Uplink signal. For example, the value 5 db means that downlink signal is 5 db stronger than uplink signal.

Value range: See Table 76 for value range of up-downlink signal balance.

TA B L E 76 VA L U E RA N GE O F U P -D O W N L I N K S I G N A L B A L A N C E

Value Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 0

1 1

… …

19 19

20 20

Note: Refer to descending threshold value controlled by uplink power

Default value: 0

13. Allow UpLink Minimal Signal Level (CiAssignThs)

Description: It can directly assign MS to TCH channel on special TRX from SDCCH to avoid call drop from occurring according to C/I concentric technology and during the assignment from SDCCH to TCH of TRX, when there is no TCH channel on common TRX and if there is a proper TRX channel on the special TRX. The parameter "CiAssignThs” determines the level that must be exceeded by the signal level in uplink direction (after correcting the power control).

Value range: See Table 77 for value range of allow uplink minimal signal level.

TA B L E 77 VA L U E R A N G E O F AL L O W UP L I N K M I N I M A L S I GN A L LE V E L

Value Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110 to -109

… …

94 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 95: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

62 -49 to -48

63 > -48

Default value: 25

14. Minimal Resource Level (ResourceThs)

Description: To guarantee normal service a restriction is placed on certain traffic (for example a better conversation quality can be obtained only in case of 50% of traffic) in case of some special frequency multiplexing modes. This parameter is a threshold value of the traffic that a cell or its surrounding cells at the same layer can reach. No channels will be allocated to assignment procedure in the cell when TCH channel occupancy rate of a cell and its adjacent cell of the same layer (quantity of TCHs occupied by a cell and its adjacent cells of the same layer/total of TCHs occupied by a cell and its adjacent cells of the same layer) reaches this value. Meanwhile, the handover will not be affected by this parameter.

Value range: 0 ~ 100

Default value: 100

15. Access Minimal C/N Value (CnThresInd)

Description: A minimal acceptable C/N value can be specified when distributing a channel to a call. It is to make channel selection. The parameter “CnThresInd” determines minimal acceptable C/N value. The principle of channel allocation is to select an idle channel that can fulfills the value as best as possible. The parameter also affects the optimization of the uplink mobile transmission power.

Value range: 0 ~ 63, representing 0 ~ 63 dB respectively

Default value: 15

System Parameters1. Survey Period (InterfAvgPrd)

Description: BTS needs to measure interference on the unallocated traffic channels, calculate the average of the recent interference values periodically and convert it into corresponding interference band information, and then transfer it to BSC in the “RF RESOURCE INDICATION” message as a factor to be considered in channel allocation of BSC. This is one of the BTS parameters.

Value range: See Table 78 for value range of survey period.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 95

Page 96: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

TA B L E 78 VA L U E R A N G E O F SU R V E Y PE R I O D

Value Meaning

0 Reserved

1 One SACCH multi-frame is reported to BSC once

… …

31 And 31 SACCH multi-frames are reported to BSC once

Default value: 31

2. Interference Boundary (InterfBoundary)

Description: BTS needs to measure interference on unallocated traffic channels, calculate the average of recent interference values periodically and convert it into corresponding interference band information, and transfer it to BSC in the “RF RESOURCE INDICATION” message as a factor to be considered in channel allocation of BSC. The interface boundaries are used to help convert the interference level (average) value into corresponding interference band information. Altogether six boundaries determine five interference bands. In fact, it is unnecessary to set interference boundary 0 and interference boundary 5. One represents infinity and the other represents negative infinity. This parameter, describing the remaining four boundaries, is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.

Value range: See Table 79 for value range of interference boundaries.

TA B L E 79 VA L U E RA N GE O F I N T E R F E R E N C E BO U N D A R I E S

Value of Interference Boundary n Level Value Represented

0 -110 dBm

1 -109 dBm… …

63 -47 dBm

Other values Reserved

Note: Usually from -85 dbm to -115 dbm is used for interference boundaries 1 ~ 4.

Default value: Interference bands 0 ~ 5: 0, 10, 15, 20, 25, 63

3. Radio Link Failure (RLF) Judge Standard (ConFailCriterion)

Description: The network side (BTS) may judge whether the radio link fails according to two standards: One based on the uplink SACCH error rate and the other based on measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL. This parameter determines which method BTS uses as the standard to judge connection failure. If SACCH error rate is used as the standard to judge connection failure, BTS will use the same “RadioLkTimeout” parameter value and the same process as MS does, thus avoiding inconsistent judgment standards in the uplink and downlink directions. Meanwhile, parameters “RxLevThs” and “RxQualThs” are invalid. If the

96 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 97: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL is used as the standard to judge connection failure, BTS will use the two parameters RxLevThs and RxQualThs.

Value range: 1: Based on uplink SACCH error rate (in order to ensure the same judgment standard in the uplink and downlink directions); 2: based on measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL.

Default value: 1

4. Level Threshold of Survey RLF (RxLevThs)

Description: The network side (BTS) may judge whether the radio link fails according to two standards: One based on uplink SACCH error rate and the other based on measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL. The radio link will be considered as failed when BTS detects that the uplink receiving level is smaller than a certain threshold or the uplink receiving quality is greater than a certain threshold, if the measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL is used as the standard to judge a connection failure. Parameter RxLevThs specifies the threshold of the receiving level. This parameter is invalid if uplink SACCH error rate is used as the standard to judge connection failure (parameter ConFailCriterion is 1). RxLevThs is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.

Value range: See Table 80 for value range of level threshold of survey RLF.

TA B L E 80 VA L U E R A N G E O F LE V E L TH R E S H O L D O F SU R V E Y RLF

Value Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110 to -109

… …

62 -49 to -48

63 > -48

Default value: 10

5. Quality Threshold of Survey RLF (RxQualThs)

Description: The network side (BTS) may judge whether the radio link fails according to two standards of GSM specifications. One is based on uplink SACCH error rate, and the other is based on measured value of “RXLEV/RXQUAL”. The radio link will be considered as failed when BTS detects that the uplink receiving level is smaller than a certain threshold or the uplink receiving quality is greater than a certain threshold if measured value of “RXLEV/RXQUAL” is used as a standard to judge a connection failure. Parameter “RxQualThs” specifies reciving threshold quality. This parameter is invalid if uplink SACCH error rate

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 97

Page 98: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

is used as the standard to judge a connection failure. “RxQualThs” is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.

Value range: See Table 81 for value range of quality threshold of survey RLF.

TA B L E 81 VA L U E R A N G E O F QU A L I T Y TH R E S H O L D O F SU R V E Y RLF

Value Corresponding BER Range

0 <0.2%

1 0.2% ~ 0.4%

2 0.4% ~ 0.8%

3 0.8% ~ 1.6%

4 1.6% ~ 3.2%

5 3.2% ~ 6.4%

6 6.4% ~ 12.8%

7 > 12.8%

Default value: 6

6. Survey RLF Period (RxLevQualPrd)

Description: The period of the network side to test radio link fault (in units of SACCH multi-frame)

Value range: 1 ~ 255

Default value: 10

7. Send OverLoad Message Minimal Period (OverloadPrd)

Description: TRX will notify BSC according to GSM specifications by sending “OVERLOAD” message periodically until overload disappears, in case of CPU overload of TRX, or downlink CCCH channel overload, or AGCH channel overload. The parameter “OverloadPrd” specifies period for TRX to send “OVERLOAD” message, and it is one of the configuration parameters of BTS (all TRXs under BTS use same period).

Value range: 1 ~ 31 (in the unit of 102TDMA frame)

Default value: 10

8. PHY INFO Period during the Process of TCH Handover: T3105 0

Description: The message “RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFOMATION" is sent during an asynchronous handover of SDCCH channel in order to define the re-sending interval. This timer is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.

98 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 99: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

Timer start conditions: the timer T3105 0 starts when network sends the “RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION” message.

Timer stop condition: the timer T3105 0 stops when the network receives a layer-2 frame that can be correctly decoded or receives the “HANDOVER FAILURE” message from the old channel.

Timeout action: when the timer T3105 0 expires, the “RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION” message is repeated.

Value range: See Table 82 for PHY INFO Period during SDCCH Handover.

TA B L E 82 PHY INFO PE R I O D D U R I N G SDCCH HA N D O V E R

T3105 [0] Time Represented

28 0.28 s

other values Reserved

Settings: cannot be changed

Default value: 28

9. PHY INFO Period during the Process of TCH Handover: T3105 1

Description: The timer T3105 1 is used to define the interval for resending the “RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFOMATION" message during an asynchronous handover of TCH channel. This timer is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.

Timer start conditions: the timer T3105 1 starts when network sends the “RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION” message.

Timer stop condition: the timer T3105 1 stops when the network receives a layer-2 frame that can be correctly decoded or receives the “HANDOVER FAILURE” message from the old channel.

Timeout action: “RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION” message is repeated when the T3105 1 expires.

Value range: See Table 83 for PHY INFO Period during TCH Handover,

TA B L E 83 PHY INFO PE R I O D D U R I N G TCH HA N D O V E R

T3105 [1] Time Represented

10 0.1 s

other values Reserved

Settings: cannot be changed.

Default value: 10

10. BA Indication (or TS No. indication of BCCH)

Description: A timeslot where a common control channel BCCH is located. One cell may have 4 BCCHs at most.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 99

Page 100: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Default value: dynamic

Cell Optional Parameters1. Time Interval (s) of MS Access Attempt after an Access Failure

(T3122,s)

Description: The network will send “Immediately assign” rejection message to MS when receiving a channel request message from MS and cannot allocate a suitable channel to MS. “Immediately assign” rejection message contains timer parameter T3122 to prevent possible wireless channel blocking caused by repeated channel requests sent by the MS, that is, Waiting for Indication information unit. MS cannot restart a new call until the time indicated by T3122 is passed if it receives the “Immediately assign” rejection message. This parameter is also one of the system control parameters, and is sent to MS in the “Immediately assign” rejection message.

Value range: See Table 84 for value range of time interval(s) of MS access attempt after an access failure

TA B L E 84 VA L U E R A N G E O F T I M E IN T E R V A L O F MS AC C E S S A T T E M P T A F T E R A N AC C E S S FA I L U R E

Value Time Represented

0 0 s

1 1 s

... ...

255 255 s

Note: Generally, the time interval is suggested to be set ranging 10 s ~ 15 s; for the area with dense traffic, it is set in the range of 15 s~25 s.

Default value: 10 s

2. Adjacent Cell Num of Neighbor Band Reported by MS in MultiBand (MulbandReport)

Description: MS in single-frequency GSM system needs only to report contents of 6 adjacent cells with the strongest signals in a frequency band when reporting to the network the survey result of adjacent cells. The operator hopes that, in multi-band networking, MS can enter with priority into a specific frequency band during handover, and that MS reports the survey result according to not only the signal intensity but

100 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 101: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

also the frequency band of the signals, according to actual situation. The “MulbandReport” parameter is to notify MS to report contents of adjacent cells in multiple frequency bands. It is one of system control parameters.

Value range: See Table85 for value range of adjacent cell num of neighbor band reported in MultiBand.

TA B L E85 VA L U E R A N G E O F AD J A C E N T C E L L NU M O F NE I G H B O R B A N D R E P O R T E D I N MU L T I B A N D

Value Meaning

0MS reports the survey results of six known and allowed adjacent cells with the strongest NCC according to the signal intensity, regardless of which frequency band adjacent cells are in

1

MS reports the survey result of one adjacent cell with the strongest signals in the frequency bands (excluding that of local cell) in adjacent cell table. In the remaining space, MS reports adjacent cell in local cell frequency band. If still more space is available, MS reports the remaining adjacent cells, regardless of which frequency bands they are in

2

MS reports the survey result of two adjacent cells with the strongest signals in the frequency bands (excluding that of local cell) in adjacent cell table. In the remaining space, MS reports adjacent cell in local cell frequency band. If still more space is available, MS reports the remaining adjacent cells, regardless of which frequency bands they are in

3

MS reports the survey result of three adjacent cells with the strongest signals in the frequency bands (excluding that of local cell) in adjacent cell table. In the remaining space, MS reports adjacent cell in local cell frequency band. If still more space is available, MS reports the remaining adjacent cells, regardless of which frequency bands they are in

Note: The setting of this parameter is subject to traffic in each frequency band. General principles to be followed are:

Set this parameter as 0 if the traffic of each frequency band is almost equivalent, and the operator has no choice over the frequency band

Set this parameter as 3 if the traffic of each frequency band is quite different, and the operator hopes that MS enters a specific frequency band with priority

Set this parameter as 1 or 2 for other cases

Default value: 0

3. SMS Mode allowed in Cell Broadcasting (SmsBCUsed)

Description: Cell broadcasting short messages is also an optional service of BSC according to specifications. Useful information may be broadcasted to MS in the cell through the service, such as weather forecasting and traffic. This parameter determines whether the service of cell broadcasting short messages is available and whether to adopt

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 101

Page 102: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

the Discontinuous Receiving (DRX) mode. However, the fact that BSC can use the service of cell broadcasting short messages does not guarantee that MS can receive short messages. CBCH channel must be configured for the cell for this purpose. On one hand, DRX mode in cell broadcasting short message service can save battery for the MS; on the other hand, MS can choose to receive only the short messages that it is “interested in”.

Value range: 0: not using the process of cell broadcasting short messages; 1: using the process of cell broadcasting short messages, but not adopting DRX mode; 2: using the process of cell broadcasting short messages and also adopting the DRX mode.

Default value is 0

4. MS DTX Mode (broadcast on BCCH) (DtxUplinkBCCH)

Description: The Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode means that the system does not transmit signals during the speech intermission of the subscriber conversation. This parameter controls how MS uses the DTX mode. On one hand, the “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” message should be broadcasted to all MSs in the cell; on the other hand, it may be necessary to notify MSs of older versions (of the first stage) through the “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE6” message on SACCH. For MSs of newer versions, the “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE6” message contains DtxUplinkSacch. This parameter is one of the network function parameters.

Value range: See Table 86 for value range of MS DTX mode (broadcast on BCCH).

TA B L E 86 VA L U E RA N GE O F MS DTX MO D E (BR O A D C A S T O N BCCH)

Value Meaning

0 MS can use DTX

1 MS should use DTX

2 MS should not use DTX

3 Reserved

Note: Set this parameter as 1 (using DTX) if both the BTS equipment and TRAU support the DTX mode. Otherwise, set it as 2 (not using DTX)

Default value: 1

5. MS DTX Mode (broadcast on SACCH) (DtxUplinkBACCH)

Description: The Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode means that the system does not transmit signals during the speech intermission of the subscriber conversation. This parameter controls how MSs of newer versions use the DTX mode, that is, notifying the MSs of newer versions through the “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE6” message on SACCH. Notify MSs of older versions (of the first stage) through the “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE6” message on SACCH, and the “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” message on

102 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 103: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

SACCH contains the DtxUplinkBcch parameter. This parameter is one of the network function parameters.

Value range: See Table 87 for value range of MS DTX mode (broadcast on SACCH).

TA B L E 87 VA L U E R A N G E O F MS DTX M O D E (B R O A D C A S T O N SACCH)

Value TCH/F Channel TCH/H Channel

0 MS can use DTX MS should not use DTX

1 MS should use DTX MS should not use DTX

2 MS should not use DTX MS should not use DTX

3 MS should use DTX MS can use DTX

4 MS can use DTX MS can use DTX

5 MS should use DTX MS should use DTX

6 MS should not use DTX MS should use DTX

7 MS should use DTX MS should use DTX

Note: Set this parameter as 1 (using DTX) if both the BTS equipment and TRAU support DTX mode. Otherwise, set it as 2 (not using DTX)

Default value: 1

Other Parameters1. T200 Timer

Description: T200 (altogether 7 types) is the timer used on various control channels in LapDm protocol of BTS.

Value range: This parameter is composed of 7 bytes, with each byte standing for the value (with the unit of 5 ms) of a timer.

See Table 88 for values of T200 timer.

TA B L E 88 VA L U E S O F T200 T I M E R

Parameter Default Value

SDCCH 1 (5ms)

FACCH/Full rate 1 (5ms)

FACCH/Half rate 1 (5ms)

SACCH with TCH SAPI0 2 (10ms)

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 103

Page 104: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

SACCH with SDCCH 2 (10ms)

SDCCH SAPI3 1 (5ms)

SACCH with TCH SAPI3 2 (10ms)

Default setting: See the above table for the default setting. Generally, please do not change the values of these timers

2. Whether to Perform Handover Pretreating and Report Period (Preprocess)

Description: The survey report contains the greatest amount (message amount) of Abis interface information. The pretreatment of the survey report can be transferred to BTS to lighten the burden of Abis interface link. BTS, after the pretreatment, averages the survey data of MS with its own, and reports to BSC in a lower frequency. Average reporting period can be two, three or four SACCH multi-frames (480ms), that is, the frequency decreases from the original twice/s to once/2 s, so the message amount of the Abis interface decreases. However, the decreasing of message amount still depends on whether the message length before pretreatment is the same as that after the pretreatment. One disadvantage of pretreatment is that the handover control and power control are not in time, which increases the possibility of disconnection rate. This parameter determines whether to use pretreatment and its period.

Value range: See Table 89 for value range of whether to perform handover pretreatment and report period.

TA B L E 89 VA L U E R A N G E O F WH E T H E R T O PE R F O R M H A N D O V E R PR E T R E A T M E N T A N D R E P O R T PE R I O D

Value Meaning

0 Not use pretreatment

2 Use pretreatment; the average reporting period is two SACCH multi-frames

3 Use pretreatment; the average reporting period is three SACCH multi-frames

4 Use pretreatment; the average reporting period is four SACCH multi-frames

Other values Reserved

Default value: 0

3. Common Control Channel (CCCH) Structure Parameter (Ccchconf)

Description: This is the configuration parameter of Common Control Channel, that is, CCCH_CONF. CCCH in GSM system includes AGCH and PCH, which are to send “ALLOW ACCESS” (that is, Immediately assign) message and paging message respectively. All service channels in every cell share same CCCH. CCCH may be functioned by one or multiple physical channels, depending on the configuration of service channels and traffic model of the cell. CCCH and SDCCH can share same physical channel. The configuration parameter of CCCH, CcchConf, determines the combining mode of CCCH in a cell. This parameter tells two things: 1.BS_CC_CHANS (Number of CCCH); 2.BS_CCCH_SDCCH_COMB (Whether used together with SDCCH). This

104 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 105: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

parameter is broadcasted to all MSs in the cell through the “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” message. CcchConf is also one of the system control parameters.

Value range: See Table 90 for value range of structure parameter of common control channel (CCCH).

TA B L E 90 VA L U E R A N G E O F ST R U C T U R E PA R A M E T E R O F C O M M O N CO N T R O L CH A N N E L (CCCH)

CCCH-CONF MeaningNumber of CCCH Message Blocks in one BCCH Multi-frame

0 One basic physical channel used by the CCCH, not used together with the SDCCH

9

1 One basic physical channel used by the CCCH, used together with the SDCCH

3

2 Two basic physical channels used by the CCCH, not used together with the SDCCH

18

4 Three basic physical channels used by the CCCH, not used together with the SDCCH

27

6 Four basic physical channels used by the CCCH, not used together with the SDCCH

36

Others Reserved -

Default value: The setting of CcchConf parameter must be consistent with actual configuration of the CCCH in the cell.

See Table 91 for value range of cell configuration.

TA B L E 91 VA L U E RA N GE O F C E L L CO N F I G U R A T I O N

Number of TRX 1 2 3 4 5 6

CcchConf 1 0 0 0 0 2

TCH 7 14 22 29 37 44

SDCCH 4 8 8 16 16 16

4. Resource Location Information (LocName)

Description: Geographical location of the cell

5. Encryption Mode Supported by the Cell (Ciphermode)

Description: The encryption mode supported by BTS. The required encryption algorithm is contained in “BSSAP CIPHER MODE COMMAND” or “BSSAP ASSIGNMENT REQUEST” or “BSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND” message sent by the MSC side. By checking this parameter, BSC can learn whether the cell supports this required encryption algorithm to give a proper response.

Value range: See Table 92 for value range of encryption mode supported by the cell.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 105

Page 106: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

TA B L E 92 VA L U E RA N GE O F EN C R Y P T MO D E SU P P O R T E D B Y CE L L

Value Meaning

1 Support/not support A5/1 algorithm

2 Support/not support A5/2 algorithm

3 Support/not support A5/3 algorithm

4 Support/not support A5/4 algorithm

5 Support/not support A5/5 algorithm

6 Support/not support A5/6 algorithm

Bit8=1/0 1/0: Support/not support A5/7 algorithm

Note: Set default value as 0, for no encryption is used in GSM in China at present.

Default value: 0

GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters1. Cell Reselection Offset (ReselOffset,dB)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. It is broadcasted to a MS through adjacent cell item of “PSI3” message. Cell reselection in GPRS system follows C32 standard. C32 standard calculation, similar to C2 standard in GSM, contains a cell reselection offset parameter, ReselOff. It is not necessary to present in the packet system message when the offset represented by this parameter is 0 dB.

Value range: See Table 93 for value range of GPRS cell reselection offset.

TA B L E 93 VA L U E RA N GE O F GPRS CE L L RE S E L E C T I O N OF F S E T

Value Relative Level Value Represented

0 -52 db

1 -48 db

... ...

22 +12 db

106 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 107: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

... ...

31 +48 db

Default value: 0

2. Temporary Offset of Cell Reselection (TemporaryOffset,dB)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI3” message. Cell reselection in GPRS system follows C32 standard. C32 standard calculation, similar to C2 standard in GSM, contains a temporary offset parameter, TempOffset, which provides a negative offset to C32 standard.

Value range: See Table 94 for value range of cell reselection temporary offset.

TA B L E 94 VA L U E RA N GE O F C E L L RE S E L E C T I O N TE M P O R A R Y OF F S E T

Value Related Level Value Represented(dB)

0 0

1 10

2 20

3 30

4 40

5 50

6 60

7 Infinite

Note: It is better to adopt the same offset as that in C2 standard of GSM system

3. Penalty Time of Cell Reselection (PenaltyTime,10 s)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI3” message. Cell reselection in GPRS system follows the C32 standard. C32 standard calculation, similar to C2 standard in GSM, contains a temporary offset, TempOffset, which provides a negative offset. Its effective time depends on PenaltyTime parameter.

Value range: See Table 95 for value range of cell reselection penalty time.

TA B L E 95 VA L U E RA N GE O F C E L L RE S E L E C T I O N PE N A L T Y T I M E

Value Time Length Represented

0 10 s

1 20 s

... ...

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 107

Page 108: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

31 320 s

Default value: 0

4. Minimal Time interval of Cell Reselection

Description: Parameter used at MS side. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI3” message. It is not allowed to reselect this cell within T_RESEL period when MS performs a cell reselection and it is abnormally released in a cell, unless there is no other cell for selection. It is not necessary to broadcast this parameter to MS through “PSI3’ message when the time represented by this parameter is default value (5 s).

Value range: See Table 96 for value range of minimal time interval of cell reselection.

TA B L E 96 VA L U E RA N GE O F M I N I M A L T I M E I N T E R V A L O F C E L L RE S E L E C T I O N

Value Time Represented

0 5 s

1 10 s

2 15 s

3 20 s

4 30 s

5 60 s

6 120 s

7 300 s

Default value: 0 (time length represented is 5 s)

5. Signal Intensity Threshold Value of HCS (HCS_THR)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is an HCS parameter, and is broadcasted to a MS through “PSI3” message of local and neighboring cells. It indicates the threshold value of HCS signal intensity in the cell.

Value range: See Table 97 for Value range of signal intensity threshold value of HCS.

TA B L E 97 VA L U E RA N GE O F S I G N A L I N T E N S I T Y TH R E S H O L D VA L U E O F HCS

Value HCS Signal Intensity Threshold Value Represented

0 -110 dbm

108 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 109: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

1 -108 dbm

... ...

63 -48 dbm

Default value: 0

6. HCS Priority (prioClass)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is also a HCS parameter, and is broadcasted to a MS through “PSI3” message. It specifies the HCS priority of the cell.

Value range: 0 ~ 7

Default value: 0

7. Reselection Hysteresis on C31 Standard (C31_HYST)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI3” message. It determines whether to use the CellReselHys parameter on C31 standard.

Value range: 0: No; 1: Yes

Default value: 0

8. Reselection Hysteresis (ReselHysteresis)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI3” message. MS needs to go through location updating process after cell reselection in the case of GPRS cell reselection, if the original cell and destination cell are in different locations. C32 values obtained at the boundary for two adjacent cells are generally quite different because of fading characteristic of radio channel. It causes MS to select cell frequently. The interval between the two cell reselections of MS will not be less than 15 s. However, 15 s is extremely short time in terms of location updating. On one hand, it dramatically increases signaling flow on the network and causes radio resources to be fully utilized; on the other hand, it decreases call completion rate of the system, for MS cannot respond to paging during location update. GSM specification sets a specific parameter, Cell Reselecting Hysteresis (CRH), to solve this problem. MS will activate the cell reselection according to this parameter only when the signal level of adjacent cell (whose location zone is different from that of local cell) is greater than that of local cell, and meanwhile the value difference must be greater than that required by the parameter.

Value range: See Table 98 for value range of GPRS cell reselection Hysteresis.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 109

Page 110: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

TA B L E 98 VA L U E RA N GE O F GPRS CE L L RE S E L E C T I O N H Y S T E R E S I S

Value The Specif ied Hysteresis Level Value

0 0 dB

1 2 dB

2 4 dB

3 6 dB

4 8 dB

5 10 dB

6 12 dB

7 14 dB

Default value: 4 or 5 (CRH is 8 db or 10 db). Make proper adjustments in following cases:

Increase CRH value of different LAC adjacent cells in this cell when the traffic of some cell is too heavy and the signaling flow is frequently overloaded

Increase CRH value when the overlapping coverage range of adjacent cells in different location zones is too large

Set CRH parameter as 1 ~ 3 (CRH level is between 2 db and 6 db) if the coverage at adjoining area of adjacent cells of different LACs is of poor quality, that is, when coverage gap appears, or adjacent area is located in places with few slow moving objects, such as the freeway

9. Route Area Reselection Hysteresis (RaReselHYS)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI3” message. It specifies extra hysteresis value used in selecting a cell in another routing area when MS is in STANDBY or READY mode. It is not necessary to broadcast this parameter through the “PSI3” message when the value of this parameter is the same as that of CellReselHys.

Value range: See Table 99 for value range of route area reselection Hysteresis.

TA B L E 99 VA L U E R A N G E O F RO U T E A R E A R E S E L E C T I O N HY S T E R E S I S .

Value The Specif ied Hysteresis Level Value

0 0 dB

1 2 dB

2 4 dB

3 6 dB

4 8 dB

5 10 dB

6 12 dB

7 14 dB

110 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 111: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

Note: Set this parameter to 7

10. Reselection Offset Rules (R32_QUAL)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI3” message. It determines whether to use the exceptional rule when adopting ReselOff.

Value range: 0: Using positive ReselectOffset towards all adjacent cells; 1: Using positive ReselectOffset only towards those with the highest receiving level value

Default value: 0

11. Minimal Receiving Level Allowed for MS Access (RxLevAsMin)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This parameter is broadcasted to a MS through “PSI3” message of local cell and “PSI3’ and “PSI3bis” messages of adjacent cells. This parameter indicates allowed minimum receiving level of MS to access GPRS system. GSM system prescribes that receiving level of MS must be higher than a threshold level, that is, minimum receiving level allowed for MS access, when MS is necessary to access the network, to prevent MS from accessing the system in the case of low receiving signal level (communication provided after such access is of bad and unsatisfying quality. Besides, it is a waste of the radio resources of the network). In addition, this prescription is also one of the standards for MS to select and reselect cell (a parameter for C31 and C32 calculation).

Value range: See Table 100 for value range of minimal receiving level allowed for MS access.

TA B L E 100 VA L U E RA N GE O F M I N I M A L R E C E I V I N G LE V E L AL L O W E D F O R MS AC C E S S

Value Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110 ~ -109

2 -109 ~ -108

... ...

61 -50 ~ -49

62 -49 ~ -48

63 > -48

Note: The value is usually approximate to MS’s receiving sensitivity. RxLevAcMin may be properly increased to decrease C1 and C2 values for some cells with overloaded traffic. Therefore, it reduces effective coverage of the cell. However, the value of RxLevAcMin must not be too large. Otherwise, a “blind spot” may be created at the cell boundaries. It is better for the level value to exceed –90 dBm when adopting this measure to balance the traffic. This parameter is usually

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 111

Page 112: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

set as 10 (-101 dbm ~ -100 dbm) or lower at the preliminary stage of the network running, higher than receiving sensitivity of MS, -102 dbm. However, this parameter can be increased by 2 (dB) when the network capacity is expanded or the radio coverage is not a problem in some areas. Therefore, it is better to set the default value of this parameter to 12 (that is, -99 dbm ~ -98 dbm).

12. MS Maximum RxPwr before POC by Network (MsTxMaxCCH)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This parameter is broadcasted to MS through “PSI3” message of local cell and “PSI3” and “Psi3bis” messages of the neighboring cells. The transmitting power of MS is controlled by the network when it communicates with BTS. The network sets MS power through the power command, and MS must use the transmitting power specified by the network as its output power. MS outputs capable power closest to specified value if MS under its power level cannot output this power value. MsTxPwrMaxCCH determines the power (used at random access) used before MS receives network power control information when MS receives messages on the PBCCH. This is also a parameter involved in C1 and C2 calculation for MS to select and reselect a cell.

Value range: See Table 101 for value range of MS maximum TxPwr before network POC.

TA B L E 101 VA L U E RA N GE O F MS M A X I M U M TXP W R B E F O R E N E T W O R K POC

Value MS Output Power (dBm) GSM900 Value MS Output Power (dBm)

GSM1800

0~2 39 29 36

3 37 30 34

4 35 31 32

5 33 0 30

... ... ... ...

17 9 13 4

18 7 14 2

19~31 5 15~28 0

Note: MS near BTS interferes with neighboring channels if this parameter is set to a large value; if it is too small, MS at cell’s edge will have low possibility of successful access. The setting principle for this parameter is: Decrease receiving level of a MS as much as possible while guaranteeing a certain access success rate for MS at the cell edge. Obviously, the larger cell coverage is, the higher output power level of MS will be. This parameter is generally set to 5 (corresponding to GSM900MS) and 2 (corresponding to GSM1800MS). In practical applications, after setting this parameter, access rate and time of MS can be tested by dialing experimentally at cell edge under different parameter settings to determine whether to increase or decrease the value of this parameter.

13. Use HCS (HCS_EXIST)

112 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 113: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS), and is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI3” message. It indicates whether the HCS parameters (PriorityClass and HCSTHr) exist in the cell. If local cell does not use HCS parameters, the HCS parameters of other cells will also be ignored. That is, all the cells use the infinite HCS signal intensity threshold.

Value range: 0: Not using HCS parameters; 1: Using HCS parameters

Default value: 0

14. LSA Id (LSA_ID)

Description: This parameter is broadcasted to a MS through “SI4”, “SI6”, “SI7”, and “PSI3” messages and “PSI3” and “Psi3bis” messages of adjacent cells. It is to specify the LSA identifier of the cell.

Value range: 24bit

Default value: Determined by the network operator after the planning

15. Allow MS Attempting to Access Another Cell (RadASRetry)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI3” message, and it is used to indicate whether MS is allowed to attempt to access another cell (if it exists). If abnormal release occurs during the packet transmission, MS will discard all running TBFs. If MS is allowed to access other cells (RadAcRetry = 1), it should perform abnormal cell reselection, and establish TBF after initializing new cell. If other suitable cells exist, MS cannot reselect the original cell within T_RESEL seconds.

Value range: 0: No; 1: Yes

Default value: 0

16. Offset between the Cells with Same LSA Priority (LSA_OFFSET)

Description: This parameter is broadcasted to a MS through “SI4”, “SI6” and “SI7” messages. It informs MS of the offset value to be used in LSA reselection between two cells with the same LSA priority.

Value range: See Table 102 for value range of offset between cells with same LSA priority.

TA B L E 102 VA L U E RA N GE O F OF F S E T B E T W E E N CE L L S W I T H SA M E LSA PR I O R I T Y

Value Offset

0 0 db

1 4 db

2 8 db

3 16 db

4 24 db

5 32 db

6 48 db

7 64 db

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 113

Page 114: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Default value: 0

17. MS Signal Intensity Threshold on High Priority Cell Reselection (PRIO_THR)

Description: This parameter is broadcasted to a MS through the “SI4”, “SI6” and “SI7” messages. It is related to the RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN parameter, and is used for the calculation of C4 standard.

Value range: See Table 103 for value range of MS signal intensity threshold on high priority cell reselection.

TA B L E 103 VA L U E RA N GE O F MS S I GN A L IN T E N S I T Y TH R E S H O L D O N H I G H PR I O R I T Y CE L L R E S E L E C T I O N

Value Offset

0 0 dB

1 6 dB

2 12 dB

3 18 dB

4 24 dB

5 30 dB

6 36 dB

7 Infinite

Default value: 1

GPRS NC Survey Parameters1. Cell Reselection Survey Report Period (Packet Idle Mode)

(NcRepPerI,s)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of network control survey. It is broadcasted to a MS through “PSI5” message, and is to indicate the period of MS reporting cell reselection survey in packet idle mode. It is not necessary to broadcast this parameter through the “PSI5” message when NetworkCtrlOrder is NC0.

Value range: See Table 104 for value range of cell reselection survey report period.

TA B L E 104 VA L U E RA N GE O F C E L L RE S E L E C T I O N SU R V E Y R E P O R T PE R I O D (PA C K E T ID L E MO D E )

Value Meaning

0 0.48 s

1 0.96 s

2 1.92 s

114 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 115: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

3 3.84 s

4 7.68 s

5 15.36 s

6 30.72 s

7 61.44 s(default value)

Default value: 7

2. Cell Reselection Survey Report Period (Packet Transmission Mode) (NcRerPerI,s)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of Network Control (NC) survey. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI5” message, and is used to indicate the period of MS reporting the cell reselection survey in the packet transmission mode. When NetworkCtrlOrder is NC0, it is not necessary to broadcast this parameter through the “PSI5” message.

Value range: See Table 105 for value range of cell reflection survey report period.

TA B L E 105 VA L U E RA N GE O F C E L L RE S E L E C T I O N SU R V E Y R E P O R T PE R I O D (PA C K E T TR A N S M I S S I O N M O D E )

Value Meaning

0 0.48 s

1 0.96 s

2 1.92 s

3 3.84.44 s (default value)

4 7.68 s

5 15.36 s

6 30.72 s

7 61.44 s

Default value: 3

3. Ns Survey Report Command (MeaOrder)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This parameter is broadcasted to a MS through “PSI1” message, and is to indicate the survey report command of MS in a cell.

Value range: See Table 106 for value range of NS survey report command.

TA B L E 106 VA L U E R A N G E O F NS SU R V E Y R E P O R T C O M M A N D

Value Meaning

0MS controls the cell reselection (= NC0) in the packet idle and packet transmission modes; it is not necessary to send any survey report to the network (= NC0 and EM0), and the PSI5 message shall not be broadcasted.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 115

Page 116: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

1MS shall send to the network the survey report and/or the extended survey report used for the cell reselection. Details about further cell selection and survey are contained in the PSI5 message.

Default value: 0

4. Network Control Command (CtrlOrder)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of network control survey. It is broadcasted to a MS through “PSI5”, “PSI13” and “SI3” messages, and is to indicate the network control command used in the cell. NC survey parameters (NcNoDrxPer, NcRepPerI and NcRepPerT) can be ignored if this parameter equals to NC0. Take default value if it equals to NC1 or NC2 and NC survey parameters are ignored.

Value range: See Table 107 for value range of network control command.

TA B L E 107 VA L U E RA N GE O F N E T W O R K C O N T R O L C O M M A N D

Value Meaning

0 NC0: MS controls the cell reselection; no survey report.

1 NC1: MS controls the cell reselection and sends the survey report.

2 NC2: The network controls the cell reselection and the MSsends the survey report.

3 Reserved and interpreted as NC0.

Default value: 0

5. Minimal Time in non-DRX Mode (NcNODrxPer,s)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of network control survey. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI5” message, and is used to indicate the minimal time for MS to stay in the non-DRX mode after sending an NC survey report. There is no need to broadcast this parameter through “PSI5” message when NetworkCtrlOrder is NC0.

Value range: See Table 108 for value range of minimal time in non-DRX mode.

TA B L E 108 VA L U E RA N GE O F M I N I M A L T I M E I N N O N -DRX MO D E

Value Meaning

0 No non-DRX mode

1 0.24 s

2 0.48 s (default value)

3 0.72 s

4 0.96 s

5 1.20 s

116 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 117: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

Value Meaning

6 1.44 s

7 1.92 s

Default value: 2

6. MS Extended Survey Level (ExtMeaOrder)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of extended survey. It is broadcasted to a MS through “PSI5” message, and is to indicate whether MS performs extended survey and how to interpret rest extended survey parameters (ExtRepType, NccPermited and ExtRepPer).

Value range: See Table 109 for value range of MS extended survey command.

TA B L E 109 VA L U E R A N G E O F MS EX T E N D E D SU R V E Y C O M M A N D

Value Meaning

0 EM0: MS performs no extended survey

1 EM1: MS must send the extended survey report to the network

2 Reserved

3 Reserved and interpreted as EM0

Default value: 0

7. MS Extended Survey Report Type (ExtRepType)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of extended survey. It is broadcasted to a MS through “PSI5” message, and is to indicate the type of extended survey report sent by the MS. The parameter is valid, and is sent through “PSI5” message when ExtMeaOrder is EM1.

Value range: See Table 110 for value range of MS extended survey report type.

TA B L E 110 VA L U E R A N G E O F MS E X T E N D E D SU R V E Y RE P O R T TY P E

Value Meaning

0

Type I survey report: This type of report must be extended if the frequency points for the extended survey are among the six strongest carrier frequencies, no matter whether the BSIC decoding is successful. The report should cover the receiving signal level and the successfully decoded BSIC (if any)

1

Type II survey report: This type of report must be extended if all the frequency points for the extended survey are located in the six strongest carrier frequencies, the BSIC decoding is successful and the NCC part is allowed for survey. The report should cover the receiving signal level and the successfully decoded BSIC

2 Type-III survey report: Use this type of report to report all the frequency

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 117

Page 118: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Value Meaning

points for the extended survey. No BSIC decoding is necessary. The report should contain the receiving signal level. Besides, the interference of each carrier frequency shall be reported

3 Reserved

Default value: 0

8. Extended Survey Report Interval Time (ExtRepPer,s)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of extended survey. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI5” message, and is used to indicate the interval of the extended survey report. The parameter is valid, and is sent through the “PSI5” message when ExtMeaOrder is EM1.

Value range: See Table 111 for value range of extended survey report interval time.

TA B L E 111 VA L U E R A N G E O F EX T E N D E D SU R V E Y RE P O R T IN T E R V A L T I M E

Value Meaning

0 60 s

1 120 s

2 240 s

3 480 s

4 960 s

5 1920 s

6 3840 s

7 7680 s

Default value: 0

GPRS Cell Options Prameters1. T3168

Description: Parameter used at MS side. It is a parameter of GPRS cell option, and is broadcasted to a MS through “PSI1”, “PSI13” and “SI13” messages. It indicates maxmium time a MS has to wait for the “PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT” message after it sends the “PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST” message (or when the “PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK” message contains Channel Request Description IE).

Value range: See Table 112 for value range of T3168.

118 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 119: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

TA B L E 112 VA L U E R A N G E O F T3168

Value Time Length Represented

0 0.0 s

1 0.5 s

... ...

7 3.5 s

Default value: 4 (2 s)

2. T3192

Description: Parameter used at MS side. During the packet downlink transmission, if RLC data block to be transmitted is the final downlink data block, the network will send an RLC data block with the Final Block Identifier (FBI) domain as 1 and containing an effective RRBP field to initialize the release of the downlink TBF. For each received RLC data block with FBI as 1 and containing an effective RRBP domain: 1) In the acknowledged mode, MS should send the “PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK” message with the FBI domain as 1 on the uplink block specified by the RRBP domain; 2) In the unacknowledged mode, MS should send the “PACKET CONTROL ACK” message on the uplink block specified by the RRBP domain. Then, MS will start the T3192 timer. When T3192 expires, the system will release resources; stop listening to the PDCCH channel, and turns to listen to the paging channel. If a MS receives the “PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT” or “PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE” message from the network within the protection period of the T3192 timer, it will stop T3192 and transfer to the packet transmission status.

Value range: See Table 113 for value range of T3192.

TA B L E 113 VA L U E R A N G E O F T3192

Value Time Length Represented

0 0.0 s

1 0.5 s

2 1.0 s

... ...

7 3.5 s

Default value: 1 (0.5 s). The time represented by T3192 timer must be less than the protection time of T3193 timer of the downlink TBF at the network side to ensure TFI uniqueness of MS at the same time.

3. N3102 Decrease Step (PanDec), N3102 Increase Step (PanInc), and N3102 Max (PanMax)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. These are parameters of GPRS cell option. They are broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI1”, “PSI13” and “SI13” messages, indicateing the values PAN_DEC, PAN_INC and PAN_MAX respectively. MS will set initial value of N3102 timer to the PanMax value after each cell reselection. 1) When MS

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 119

Page 120: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

receives the “PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK” message to move V(S) forward, it adds PanInc to N3102 (but maxmium value shall not exceed PanMax). 2) When MS detects a stalling condition (V(S) = V(A) + WS), it will enable the T3182 timer. When it receives the “PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK” message that makes V(S) < V(A) + WS, it will stop the T3182 timer. If the T3182 timer expires, MS will subtract PanDec from N3102. When the condition of N3102≤ 0 is satisfied, MS will take the cell reselection as abnormal release.

Value range: See Table 114 for value range of N3102.

TA B L E 114 VA L U E R A N G E O F N3102

Value Value Represented

0 4

1 8

2 12

... ...

7 32

Default value: PanDec = 0; PanInc = 1; PanMax = 7

4. Network Operation Mode (MNO)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. It is a parameter of GPRS cell option. It is broadcasted to a MS through “PSI1”, “PSI13” and “SI13” messages, and indicates network operation mode in the cell. There are three modes:

Mode I: The network sends CS paging message to “GPRS-attached” MS on the same channel as GPRS paging channel (the packet paging channel or CCCH paging channel), or on GPRS service channel (when a packet data channel is assigned to it). This means that MS needs to monitor one paging channel only.

Mode II: The network sends CS paging message to “GPRS-attached” MS on CCCH paging channel, which is also used for GPRS paging. This means that MS needs to monitor CCCH paging channel only. CS paging message is still sent on CCCH paging channel when assigned a packet data channel.

Mode III: The network sends the paging message to “GPRS-attached” MS on the CCCH paging channel, and sends GPRS paging message either on packet paging channel (if any in the cell) or on CCCH paging channel. This means that MS has to monitor two paging channels (if there is a packet paging channel in the cell) to receive CS or GPRS paging message.

Value range: See Table 115 for value range of network operation mode.

120 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 121: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

TA B L E 115 VA L U E R A N G E O F NE T W O R K OP E R A T I O N MO D E

Value Meaning

0 Network Operation Mode I

1 Network Operation Mode II

2 Network Operation Mode III

3 Reserved

Default value: Mode II. NMO for the cells of the same RAC must be the same. If the Gs interface exists, the MSC can send the CS paging message to the “GPRS-attached” MS through SGSN. In this case, only Network Operation Mode I is available. If no Gs interface exists, the CS paging message can only be sent through A interface to the “GPRS-attached” MS. Two network operation modes are available in such cases: 1) Network operation mode II, where BSS can work without the PCCCH channel; 2) Network operation mode III.

5. Time Length after Entering Non-Drx Mode (DrxTimeMax)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. It is a parameter of GPRS cell option. It is broadcasted to a MS through “PSI1”, “PSI13” and “SI13” messages, and indicates the value of DRX_TIMER_MAX. When MS changes from the packet transmission mode to the packet idle mode, it should first enter the non-DRX mode. The time length for MS to stay in the non-DRX mode is determined by minimum values of the parameters NON_DRX_TIMER and DRX_TIMER_MAX.

Value range: See Table 116 for value range time length after entering non-DRX mode.

TA B L E 116 VA L U E R A N G E O F T I M E LE N GT H A F T E R EN T E R I N G N O N -D R X MO D E

Value Time Length Represented

0 0 s

1 1 s

2 2 s

3 4 s

... ...

7 64 s

Default value: 2

6. Max Blocks Allowed to be Transmitted in Each TS (BsCVMax)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. It is a parameter of GPRS cell option. It is broadcasted to a MS through “PSI1”, “PSI13” and “SI13” messages, and indicates the value of BS_CV_MAX parameter of Max Blocks Transmission in Each TS. This parameter determines the time length of T3198 timer used by MS as sending party (= time represented by BS_CV_MAX), the time length of T3200 used by MS in non-DRX mode (= 4 x time represented by BS_CV_MAX), and the

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 121

Page 122: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

value of N3104max (=3 x (BS_CV_MAX+3) x Number of timeslots assigned in the uplink). All uplink data blocks sent by MS contain the COUNT DOWN VALUE (CV) field. The network can use this field to calculate the data blocks to be sent on current uplink TBF.

Value range: See Table 117 for value range of max blocks allowed to be transmitted in each TS.

TA B L E 117 VA L U E R A N G E O F MA X B L O C K S AL L O W E D T O B E TR A N S M I T T E D I N EA C H TS

Value Meaning

0 Time length of one block

1 Time length of one block

... ...

15 Time length of 15 blocks

Default value: 15

7. Package Control Acknowledgement Type Default Format (CtrlAckType)

Description: Parameter used on RLC/MAC layer of BRP and at MS side. This is a parameter of GPRS cell option. It is broadcasted to a MS through “PSI1’, “PSI13” and “SI13” messages, and indicates default format for MS to send “PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT” message.

Value range: See Table 118 for value range of package control acknowledgement type default format.

TA B L E 118 VA L U E R A N G E O F PA C K A G E CO N T R O L AC K N O W L E D G E M E N T TY P E D E F A U L T FO R M A T

Value Meaning

0 Default format is four access bursts

1 Default format is RLC/MAC block

Default value: 1

8. Access Burst Bit Type (AccessType)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of GPRS cell option. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI1”, “PSI13” and “SI13” messages, and indicates whether to use the 8-bit or 11-bit access burst in the PRACH and PTCCH/U, and the “PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMNT” message. No essential difference exists between

122 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 123: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

these two types, except that 11-bit access burst can take a little more content than the 8-bit access burst.

Value range: See Table 119 for value range of access burst bit type.

TA B L E 119 VA L U E R A N G E O F AC C E S S B U R S T B I T TY P E

Value Meaning

0 Use 8-bit access burst

1 Use 11-bit access burst

Default value: 0

GPRS Other Parameters1. Allow Sending SYS16, SYS17 on BCCH (AddReselPI2)

Description: According to the definition in the GSM specification, the cell selection and reselection of MS are determined by the C1 and C2 parameters. Whether to use C2 as the cell reselection parameter is determined by the network operator. AdditionReselPI (Additional Reselect Param Ind, ACS) is used to notify MS whether to use C2 during the cell reselection. This parameter is broadcasted to MSs in the cell through the “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” and “TYPE4” messages. It is one of the cell selection parameters.

Value range: 0: If rest octets exist in the “SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE4” message (SI4 Rest Octets), MS should obtain from the rest octets the PI parameter related to the cell reselection and parameters related to the C2 calculation; 1: MS should obtain the PI parameter related to the cell reselection and parameters related to the C2 calculation from the rest octets of the “SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE7” message

Default value: Generally, the system messages 7 and 8 are seldomly used. AdditionReselPI must be set to 0. Otherwise, some MSs (for example, NEC) will not be able to access the network.

2. Si3 Sending Position (Si3Locate)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This parameter is broadcasted to a MS through the “SI3”, “SI4”, “SI7” and “SI8” messages and the “PSI3” message of adjacent cells. It indicates the scheduling position of SI13 on BCCH. The system message 13 is only related to the GPRS services. It can either be sent on the BCCH Norm position (In this case, it occupies the BCCH block with TC = 4; TC = (FN DIV 51) mod (8)), or on the BCCH Ext position (In this case, it occupies one fixed AGCH block with TC = 0). SI13 is sent with low success rate on the BCCH Ext position, because it has to compete with other messages (such as, the “Immediately assign” message) for delivery opportunity.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 123

Page 124: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

In this case, the parameter value of Access Allowed Reserved Blocks (BsAgBlkRes in the R_BTS table) must be set higher than 0. Otherwise, SI13 will have no chance to be sent.

Value range: False: Sending on BCCH Norm; True: Sending on BCCH Ext

Default value: False

3. Route Area Color Code (RaColor)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “SI3”, “SI4”, “SI7” and “SI8” messages. Similar to the BCC function in the GSM system, in some cases (for example, the inter-BSC cell reselection), the GPRS network will assign different RaColor values to adjacent cells with the same route area code to ensure that MS can initiate the “Routing Area Updating” process. In this way, when MS receives different RaColor values in the cells with the same routing area code, it will initiate the “Routing Area Updating” process, just like when it spans two different routing areas.

Value range: 0 ~ 7

Default value: Uniformly planned by the operator

4. Priority Level of Package Access Allowed (PriAcThr)

Parameter used at MS side. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI13” and “SI13” messages. It indicates the priority level of MS packet access allowed by the cell. Its function is similar as that of ACCESS CLASS.

Value range: See Table 120 for value range of priority level of package access allowed.

TA B L E 120 VA L U E RA N GE O F PR I O R I T Y LE V E L O F PA C K A G E A C C E S S AL L O W E D

Value Meaning

0 The cell does not allow package access

1 Not use; shall be interpreted as that the cell does not allow package access

2 Not use; shall be interpreted as that the cell does not allow package access

3 Allow the package access with priority as 1

4 Allow the package access with priorities as 1 ~ 2

5 Allow the package access with priorities as 1 ~ 3

6 Allow the package access with priorities as 1 ~ 4

7 The cell allows package access

Default value: 7

5. Idle Channel Number Threshold of CS Mode during the Convertion from the PS+CS Channel to the PS Channel (CsChansThs)

Description: Parameter used by DBS on Pn. It indicates minimum threshold of the number of idle channels under the CS status when the network converts from the PS + CS channel to the PS channel. If the

124 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 125: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

number of idle CS channels is lower than the threshold, it is not allowed to convert a dynamic PS + CS channel into a PS channel.

Value range: 0 ~ 255

Default value: 2

6. Sending Rate (SendSpeed)

Description: Parameter used for global process on BRP. It indicates whether various types of PSI messages is sent in high rate. There are limited packet system messages (16) sent at high rate, and the number of sent messages of each type varies depending on the length of the message. Therefore, the user can only set rough requirements for the sending rate of each type of system message. Before sending the message, the global process will dynamically specify the sending rate of each type of packet system message according to the user requirement (analyze step by step according to the array subscripts 0 ~ 5 of SendSpeed) and the system limitation. The corresponding relationship between the array subscript and the packet system is stated as follows: 0:PSI2, 1:PSI3, 2:PSI3BIS, 3:PSI4, 4:PSI5, 5:PSI13.

Value range: See Table 121 for value range of sending rate.

TA B L E 121 VA L U E R A N G E O F SE N D I N G RA T E

Value Meaning

0 Not sent at high rates

1 Allow to be sent at high rates

Default value: 1

7. SPLIT_PG_CYCLE Supported on CCCH (SpgcSupport)

Description: Parameter used at MS side and FUN side. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI13” and “SI13” messages, and indicates whether to support the “SplitPgCycle” function on CCCH. ”SplitPgCycle” means to send the “PACKET IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT”, “PACKET PAGING” and “PACKET IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT” messages on multiple BLOCKs.

Value range: False: CCCH of the cell does not support SPLIT_PG_CYCLE; True: CCCH of the cell supports SPLIT_PG_CYCLE.

Default value: False

8. PSI1 Message Repeat Period (Psi1RepIper)

Description: Parameter used at MS side and FUN side. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI1” message, and the “PSI13” and “SI3” messages of local and adjacent cells. It indicates the sending period and destination of the “PSI1” message in a cell. PSI1 contains information about cell reselection, PRACH control, control channel description, and possible global power control parameters. As long as the PBCCH exists, the message is always sent at high repetition rate.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 125

Page 126: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Value range: See Table 122 for value range of PS11 message repeat period.

TA B L E 122 VA L U E R A N G E O F PSI1 ME S S A G E RE P E A T PE R I O D

Value Meaning

0 The PSI1 repeat period is 1 multiframe

1 The PSI1 repeat period is 2 multiframes

... ...

15 The PSI1 repeat period is 16 multiframes

Default value: 1

9. The Network Supports PACKET PSI STATUS Message (PsiStatInd)

Description: Parameter used at MS side and on BRP. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI1” message, and indicates whether the network supports “PACKET PSI STATUS” message. This function is optional. When PsiStaInd equals 1, MS can send the “PACKET PSI STATUS” message to the network and indicate the current value of the PSI message stored on it. And then the network can set the required PSI message for this MS on the PACCH to speed up the subsequent flow of MS. Otherwise, MS can listen to the PSI message only at the time points scheduled by the network.

Value range: See Table 123 for value range of network supporting OACKET PSI STATUS message.

TA B L E 123 VA L U E R A N G E O F NE T W O R K SU P P O R T I N G PACKET PSI STATUS ME S S A GE

Value Meaning

0 The network does not support the PACKET PSI STATUS message

1 The network supports the PACKET PSI STATUS message

Default value: 0

10. PPCH Load Calculation Period (LoadPer)

Description: This parameter is used by BRP. It indicates the load calculation period of PPCH.

Value range: 0 ~ 16

Default value: 10

11. PRACH OverLoad Report Period (OvLoadPer,s)

Description: PRACH OverLoad Report Period

Value range: 0 ~ 255 (s)

Default value: 10 s

12. Initial Value of Link Error Counter (RLTimeout)

Description: Initial value of the link error counter

126 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 127: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

Value range: 0 ~ 100

Default value: 20

13. Power Level Threshold of PRACH Overload (PrachBusyT,%)

Description: Threshold of overloaded PRACH power level

Value range: 0 ~ 100 (%)

Default value: 20

14. Whether the Cell Supports Extended Paging Mode (EpageMode)

Description: This parameter indicates whether the cell supports the extended paging mode.

Value range: False: The cell supports extended paging mode; True: The cell does not support extended paging mode

Default value: False

GPRS Channel Parameters1. Blocks Distributed to PBCCH in Multiframes (PbcchBlks)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of PCCCH structure. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI1” message. It indicates the number of blocks assigned as PBCCH in a 52 multiframes (all together 12 blocks). PBCCH blocks are shared by the packet system messages sent at high and low rates. A message sent at high rate has higher priority. This parameter must be configured together with the PSI1_REPEAT_PERIOD parameter in the “PSI1” message to ensure that block resources are available for the packet system messages sent both at high and low rates.

Value range: See Table 124 for value range of blocks distributed to PBCCH in Multiframes.

TA B L E 124 VA L U E R A N G E O F BL O C K S D I S T R I B U T E D T O PBCCH I N MU L T I F R A M E S

Value Meaning

0 PBCCH occupies one block in the multiframe

1 PBCCH occupies two blocks in the multiframe

2 PBCCH occupies three blocks in the multiframe

3 PBCCH occupies four blocks in the multiframe

Default value: 0

2. Number of Blocks Allowed to be Kept in Access (PagBlkRes)

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 127

Page 128: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of PCCCH organization. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI1” message. This parameter indicates the number of blocks in a 52-frame multiframe that allow neither packet paging nor PBCCH. Only PAGCH, PDTCH and PACCH can appear on these blocks. The uplink assignment message will be sent with priority on these fixed blocks to speed up the establishment of the uplink TBF. After sending the channel request on the PRACH channel, MS will wait for the uplink assignment message on all PCCCH channels of the same timeslot as the PRACH channel.

Value range: See Table 125 for value rang of blocks allowed to be kept in access.

TA B L E 125 VA L U E R A N G E O F BL O C K S A L L O W E D T O B E KE P T I N AC C E S S

Value Meaning

0 The number of blocks reserved for PAGCH, PDTCH and PACCH is 0

1 The number of blocks reserved for PAGCH, PDTCH and PACCH is 1

... ...

12 The number of blocks reserved for PAGCH, PDTCH and PACCH is 12

13~15 Same as 0

Default value: 5

3. Fixed Blocks for PRACH on PCCCH (PRCHBLKS)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of PCCCH organization. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI1” message. This parameter indicates the number of fixed blocks reserved for the PRACH channel in the PDCH channel that bears PCCCH. These blocks must be identified with USF = FREE. MS can use this parameter or USF = FREE to carry out the PRACH assignment.

Value range: See Table 126 for value range of fixed blocks for PRACH on PCCCH.

TA B L E 126 VA L U E R A N G E O F F I X E D B L O C K S F O R PRACH O N PCCCH

Value Meaning

0 The number of fixed blocks reserved for the PRACH channel is 0

1 The number of fixed blocks reserved for the PRACH channel is 1

... ...

12 The number of fixed blocks reserved for the PRACH channel is 12

13~15 Same as 0

Default value: 2

4. Max Retransmission Times of Each Radio Priority Level (MaxReTrans)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of PRACH control. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI1” message. It

128 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 129: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

indicates maxmium attempts of random access allowed on PRACH for MS with radio priorities of 1 ~ 4.

Value range: This parameter is an array with 4 elements. The first array element corresponds to maxmium attempt times allowed for radio priority 1, and analyze the following like this.

See Table 127 for value range of max transmission times of each priority level.

TA B L E 127 VA L U E R A N G E O F MA X R E T R A N S M I S S I O N T I M E S O F EA C H RA D I O PR I O R I T Y LE V E L

Value Meaning

0 One attempt allowed

1 Two attempts allowed

2 Four attempts allowed

3 Seven attempts allowed

Default value: 2

5. Access and Connection Level of Different Radio Priority Levels (PersistLev)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of PRACH control. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI1” message. The network sets a level threshold P i (i=1, 2, 3, 4) for MS of various radio priorities. For each attempt of packet access, MS will abstract a random value R with even distribution probability from the set {0, 1, ..., 15}. MS is allowed to initiate an attempt of packet access only when P i is lower than or equal to R.

Value range: This parameter is an array with 4 elements. The first element corresponds to the access and persisting level of radio priority 1.

See Table 128 for value range of access and connection level of different radio priority levels.

TA B L E 128 VA L U E R A N GE O F AC C E S S A N D CO N N E C T I O N LE V E L O F D I F F E R E N T RA D I O PR I O R I T Y LE V E L S

Value Meaning

0 Persisting level 0

1 Persisting level 1

... ...

14 Persisting level 14

15 Persisting level 15

Default value: 0

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 129

Page 130: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

6. Min TS Number of Adjacent Channel Requirement (S)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of PRACH control. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI1” message. Whenever establishing a new connection, MS will send a channel request message to the network through the PRACH channel. As PRACH is an ALOHA channel, to improve the success rate of MS access, the network allows MS to send multiple channel request messages before it receives the packet assignment message. If MS does not get any response for the previous channel request message, it can resend a channel request message after waiting for a random period of time. The TxInt parameter is just used to determine the time length of random waiting.

Value range: See Table 129 for value range of min TS interval of adjacent channel requirement.

TA B L E 129 VA L U E R A N G E O F M I N TS I N T E R V A L O F A D J A C E N T CH A N N E L RE Q U I R E M E N T

Value Meaning

0 The number of the extended TS is 2

1 The number of the extended TS is 3

2 The number of the extended TS is 4

3 The number of the extended TS is 5

4 The number of the extended TS is 6

5 The number of the extended TS is 7

6 The number of the extended TS is 8

7 The number of the extended TS is 9

8 The number of the extended TS is 10

9 The number of the extended TS is 12

10 The number of the extended TS is 14

11 The number of the extended TS is 16

12 The number of the extended TS is 20

13 The number of the extended TS is 25

14 The number of the extended TS is 32

15 The number of the extended TS is 50

Value range: 2

130 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 131: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

7. TS Num of Trans. Random Access (TxInteger)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of PRACH control. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI1” message. Whenever establishing a new connection, MS will send a channel request message to the network through the PRACH channel. As PRACH is an ALOHA channel, to improve the success rate of MS access, the network allows MS to send multiple channel request messages before it receives the packet assignment message. If MS does not receive any response for the previous channel request message, it can resend a channel request message after waiting for a random period of time. The parameter S is used to determine the time length of random waiting.

Value range: See Table 130 for value range of TS number of trans. Random access.

TA B L E 130 VA L U E RA N GE O F TS NU M B E R O F TR A N S . R A N D O M A C C E S S

Value Meaning

0 S=12 s=12

1 S=15 s=15

2 S=20 s=20

3 S=30 s=30

4 S=41 s=41

5 S=55 s=55

6 S=76 s=76

7 S=109 s=109

8 S=163 s=163

9 S=217 s=217

10~15 Reserved

Default value: 2

8. Release PDCH Channel Immediately (PccRel)

Value range; True: Enabling to release PDCH channel immediately; False: Disabling to release PDCH channel immediately

Default value: False

9. Related Access Class Mobile Phone Access Allowed (AccCtrlClass)

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 131

Page 132: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Description: Allow visiting MS access control class of MS: ACC_CONTR_CALSS. All MS in GSM system have an access class (15 classes in all). MS with class 0 ~ 9 are common MS and with class 11 ~ 15 are special MS (class 10 doesn't exist). The system can prohibit some MS with some access class to enter the cell according to the parameter. It allows access of a mobile console with access class = N if N digit of access control class is 0, N=0, 1, … 9, 11, … 15. It allows emergent calls when 11 digit = EC.

Value range: AccCtrlClass consists of two bytes (16 bits). It displays:

bit8 bit7 bit6 bit5 bit4 bit3 bit2 bit1

1st byte C15 C14 C13 C12 C11 C10 C9 C8

2nd byte C7 C6 C5 C4 C3 C2 C1 C0

It allows cell access when Cn is 0 which indicates that MS with access class of n is not forbidden (n=0, 1, …, 9, 11, …, 15)

It forbids cell access when Cn is 1, which indicates that MS with access class of n is forbidden (n=0,1,…,9,11,…,15)

C10 is always 0

Default value: 0 for C0 ~ C15 (excluding C10)

GPRS Power Control Parameters1. MS Power Control Parameter Alpha

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of global power control and GPRS power control. It is broadcasted to a MS through “PSI1”, “PSI13” and “SI13” messages. This parameter determines the parameter Alpha (α) of MS transmission power control.

Value range: See Table 131 for value range of MS power control parameter alpha.

TA B L E 131 VA L U E R A N G E O F MS PO W E R C O N T R O L PA R A M E T E R AL P H A

Value Meaning

0 α = 0.0

1 α = 0.1

... ...

10 α = 1.0

11~15 α = 1.0

Default value: 0

2. Filter Period of Power: Packet Idle Mode (T_Avg_W)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of global power control and GPRS power control. It is broadcasted to a MS

132 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 133: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

through the “PSI1”, “PSI13” and “SI13” messages. This parameter indicates the filter period of the signal intensity for power control in the packet idle mode.

Value range: See Table 132 for value range of filter of power in packet idle mode.

TA B L E 132 VA L U E R A N G E O F F I L T E R PE R I O D O F PO W E R I N PA C K E T I D L E MO D E

Value Meaning

0 The filter period is 2(0/2)/6 multiframes

1 The filter period is 2(1/2)/6 multiframes

... ...

25 The filter period is 2(25/2)/6 multiframes

26~31 The filter period is 2(25/2)/6 multiframes

Default value: 0

3. Filter Period of Power: Packet Transmission Mode (T_Avg_T)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of global power control and GPRS power control. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI1”, “PSI13” and “SI3” messages. This parameter indicates the filter period of signal intensity for power control in the packet transmission mode.

Value range: See Table 133 for value range of filter period of power in packet transmission mode.

TA B L E 133 VA L U E R A N G E O F F I L T E R PE R I O D O F PO W E R I N PA C K E T TR A N S M I S S I O N MO D E

Value Meaning

0 The filter period is 2(0/2)/6 multiframes

1 The filter period is 2(1/2)/6 multiframes

... ...

25 The filter period is 2(25/2)/6 multiframes

26~31 Reserved

Default value: 0

4. PBCCH Power Decrease according to BCCH (PB,-2dB)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of global power control and a PBCCH descriptive parameter. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI1”, “PSI13” and “SI13” messages. This parameter indicates the decreasing value (compared with the output power of BCCH) of the power used on the PBCCH block.

Value range: See Table 134 for value range of PBCCH power decrease according to BCCH.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 133

Page 134: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

TA B L E 134 VA L U E R A N G E O F PBCCH PO W E R D E C R E A S E A C C O R D I N G T O BCCH

Value Meaning

0 Pb = 0dB

1 Pb = -2dB

... ...

15 Pb = -30dB

Default value: Pb must be 0 when PBCCH is on BCCH carrier frequency.

5. Survey Position (PcMeasChan)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of global power control and GPRS power control. It is broadcasted to a MS through “PSI1”, “PSI13” and “SI13” messages. It indicates where downlink power strength is to be surveyed for uplink power control.

Value range: See Table 135 for value range of survey position.

TA B L E 135 VA L U E R A N G E O F SU R V E Y PO S I T I O N

Value Meaning

0 Downlink survey shall be carried out on BCCH for the purpose of power control

1 Downlink survey shall be carried out on PDCH for the purpose of power control

Default value: 0

6. Sending PSI4 (Psi4 send)

Description: Parameter used at MS side, that is INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL. This is a parameter of global power control. It is broadcasted to a MS through the “PSI1” message. This parameter indicates whether to broadcast the optional “PSI4” message. This message contains a list of channels that will interfere with the survey.

Value range: 0: Not broadcasting PSI4 message; 1: Broadcasting PSI4 message

Default value: 0

7. Filter Const of Interference Signal Power (N_Avg_I)

Description: Parameter used at MS side. This is a parameter of global power control and GPRS power control. It is broadcasted to MS through the “PSI1”, “PSI13’ and “SI13” messages. This parameter is a filter constant used for interference signal intensity in power control.

Value range: See Table 136 for value range of filter const of interference signal power.

134 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 135: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

TA B L E 136 VA L U E R A N G E O F F I L T E R CO N S T O F IN T E R F E R E N C E S I G N A L PO W E R

Value Meaning

0 Filter constant 2(0/2)

1 Filter constant 2(1/2)

... ...

15 Filter constant 2(15/2)

Default value: 0

Dynamic HR Parameters1. Whether to initiate related parameters of local cell to support dynamic

HR (UserCellDynHRPara)

Value range: True: Enabling related parameters of local cell to support dynamic HR; False: Disabling related parameters of local cell to support dynamic HR

Default value: False

2. Threshold of single TRX Cell to hand over from full rate to half rate (SinTrxFRToHRThs)

Description: Threshold value of single TRX cell to hand over from full rate to half rate = TCH channels occupied in cell/all available TCH channels in the cell (including IDLE and BUSY). TCH channels contain TCH/F and TCH/H. It is necessary to perform the handover of TCH/F TCH/H, for the traffic is busy in the cell that upper limit corresponds to. Cells fall into two types during the handover from full rate to half rate:

Configure only one TRX in the cell

Configure two or more TRX in the cell

TCH channels are less if only one TRX is configured in the cell and it is necessary to configure BCCH and SDCCH channels. Therefore, there are 6 TCH channels in a single TRX cell. There must be difference between the threshold of single TRX cell and of multiple TRXs, to reflect actual situation better.

Threshold falls into RMM module threshold and cell threshold, according to convenience of controlling the cell and difference of the cell. RMM module threshold is default. It is valid to all cells configured with dynamic handover channel under this module. Set threshold for this cell in cell Level 1 setting if it needs special controlling threshold. Threshold RMM module settings is invalid to this cell in this case.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 135

Page 136: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Value range: 60 ~ 85 (Unit: %)

Default value: 65

3. Threshold value of multiple TRX cells to hand over from full rate to half rate (MULTRXFRTOHRTHS)

Description: Same as Threshold value of single TRX cell to hand over from full rate to half rate (SINTRXFRTOHRTHS)

Value range: 60 ~ 85 (Unit: %)

Default value: 75

4. Threshold value to hand over from full rate to half rate (HRTOFRTHS)

Description: Threshold value to hand over from full rate to half rate = TCH channels occupied in the cell/all available TCH channels in the cell (including IDLE and BUSY). Note: TCH channels include TCH/F and TCH/H. It is necessary to perform handover of TCH/H TCH/F, for the traffic is rather idle in the cell that lower limit corresponds to.

Threshold falls into RMM module threshold and cell threshold, according to convenience of controlling the cell and difference of the cell. RMM module threshold is default. It is valid to all cells configured with dynamic handover channel under this module. Set threshold for this cell in cell Level 1 setting if it needs special controlling threshold. Threshold RMM module settings is invalid to this cell in this case.

Value range: 30 ~ 60 (Unit: %)

Default value: 50

5. Protection time to hand over from full rate to half rate (FRToHRKeepTime)

Description: Occupation of the channel is random, and it may result in frequent adjustment of channels. Set timer protection after one handover to avoid the frequency. It does not perform the handover during the protection time even if it meets the requirements of handover. Differ handover of TCH/F TCH/H and TCH/H TCH/F. Dynamic HR is to guarantee the cell to provide as many voice channels as possible during the high-traffic, so handover protection time of TCH/F TCH/H is shorter and that of TCH/H TCH/F is longer.

Default value:

Protection time to hand over TCH/F to TCH/H: 5 mins

Protection time to hand over TCH/H to TCH/F: 30 mins

Note: This parameter falls into RMM module class and cell class. It can be adjusted flexibly to guarantee the convenience of setting.

Value range: 3 ~ 30 (Unit: Min)

Default value: 5

6. Protection time to hand over from half rate to full rate (HRToFRKeepTime)

Description: Same as that to hand over from full rate to half rate (FRToHRKeepTime)

Value range: 15 ~ 60 (Unit: Min)

136 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 137: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 3 - Cell Parameters

Default value: 30

7. Dynamic HR handover, TCH/F channel reserved rate (TCHReserveRate)

Value rage: 0 ~ 60 (Unit: %)

Default value: 40

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 137

Page 138: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

This page is intentionally blank.

138 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 139: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

C h a p t e r 4

Cell Object Parameters

In this chapter, you will learn about:

TRX Parameters

Interference Parameters

CA Frequency Parameters

Power Control Parameters

Handover Control Parameters

Adjacent Cell handover and Reselection Parameters

Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters

Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters

Frequency Hopping System Parameters

Channel Parameters

3G Cell Control Parameters

3G Handover Control Parameters

3G Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters

3G Handover Cell Parameters

3G Handover and Reselection Parameters

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 139

Page 140: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

TRX Parameters1. Transceiver No. (TRXID)

Description: The number of the current TRX

2. TRX Type (TrxType)

Description: The type of the TRX; usually use the concentric circle type

Value range: See Table 137 for value range of TRX types.

TA B L E 137 TRX TY P E S

TrxType Type

0 Common type (outer circle)

1 Special type (inner circle)

Default value: 0

3. Correlation TelecomLapdLink DN

Description: DN of Lapdlink used by the base band TRX. It is an internal parameter of OMCR (V2)

4. Correlation Radio Carrier No.

Description: The radio carrier number corresponding to this base band TRX

5. Assign Priority of the Trx (TrxPriority)

Description: The priority assignment of the carrier frequency of the same type

6. Correlation BTts Board

Description: DN of related devices in this BSS system, SiteID-Rack-Shelf-Panel

Interference Cell Parameters1. Interference Cell No. (ICID)

Description: Number of the current interference cell

2. Related Cell DN

Description: DN of the external cell of this BSS: EcId

140 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 141: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

CA Frequency parameters1. Carrier No. (RCID)

Description: Identifying number of the carrier

2. TxPwrMax (PowerClass)

Description: Power level of the corresponding carrier frequency

Value range: 1 ~ 8

Default value: 3

3. TxPwrMax Modulate Value (PwrReduction)

Description: Static power level of the TRX in the cell; used to modulate the transmission power of the carrier frequency

Value range: 0 ~ 6

Default value: 0

4. Absolute Radio Carrier (ArfcnList)

Cell frequency list

Description: List of absolute RF channel number of various frequencies used by the cell. This parameter is broadcasted in some form to MS in the cell through “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1” message. MS uses this broadcasted parameter to decode Mobile Allocation (MA) table used for frequency hopping. It is better not to support the two frequency bands in one cell, GSM900 and GSM1800, at present.

Value range: This parameter can be considered as a data array. Each element is 16-bit and stands for a frequency, with Value ranging from 0 ~ 1023. Arrange the elements in this sequence: If it is a cell with GSM900, arrange the frequencies within the ranges of 1 ~ 124 and 975 ~ 1023 in the ascending order; if the frequency 0 exists, arrange it as the last; if it is a cell with GSM1800, arrange the frequencies in the ascending order. The previous parameter CaFreqNum (number of cell frequencies) determines the number of valid elements (counted from the beginning) in the array.

BA frequency band list

Description: List of absolute RF channel number of BCCH carrier monitored by idle MS. This parameter is broadcasted in some form to MS in the cell through “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE2”, “2bis” or “2ter” message.

Value range: This parameter can be considered as a data array. Each element is 16-bit and stands for a frequency, ranging from 0 ~ 1023. Arrange elements in this sequence: 1) Arrange frequencies within 1 ~ 124 at the very front in ascending order; 2) Arrange frequencies within 975 ~ 1023, if any, in ascending order after 1); if frequency 0 exists, arrange it after 975 ~ 1023; 3) Arrange frequencies within 512 ~ 885, if any, in ascending order after 2). Previous parameter BaFreqNum (number of BA frequencies) determines the number of the valid elements (counted from the beginning) in the array.

Note: This parameter must contain ARFCN of BCCH of local cell.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 141

Page 142: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Power Control Parameters

Power Survey Parameters1. Sample Count of Uplink Level (PcULLevWindow)

Description: BSC makes power control decisions in GSM system according to the measurement data. BSC uses a series of average values instead of original values form the measurement data when making power control decisions, to avoid the effect of burst measurement value caused by complicated radio transmission and to reduce the effect of burst measurement value. PcUlLevWindow (power control uplink level average window) is the size of the window used to calculate the average value of the uplink signal intensity, that is, the number of samples used in calculating the average.

Value range: 1 ~ 32

Default value: 6

2. Reserve Count of Uplink Level (PcULLevWeight)

Description: Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode, according to GSM specifications, refers to a process in which the system does not transmit signals in the voice intermittent period during the subscriber conversation. Two types of measurement data will be reported to BSC when using DTX mode. One is average value of the measurement results of all timeslots in a measurement period in non-DTX mode, and the other is average value of the measurement results of some specific timeslots in a measurement period in DTX mode. Therefore, BSC needs to select one type of measurement data according to the actual situation for calculating the average value. The first type of measurement data is more accurate, because it is the average value of the measurement results of all timeslots. While the second type of measurement data is not that accurate, because it is the average value of the measurement results of some timeslots. Therefore, BSC needs to use different weights for the two types of measurement data when averaging the measurement values, The parameter PcUlLevWeight determines the weight for the first type of measurement data (of all timeslots) when averaging downlink signal intensity for power control. The weight for the second type of measurement data (of some timeslots) is set to 1 by default.

Value range: 1 ~ 3

Default value: 2

3. Sample Count of Downlink Level (PcDLLevWindow)

Description: BSC makes power control decisions according to the measurement data in GSM system. BSC uses a series of average values instead of original values of measurement data when making power control decisions, to avoid the effect of burst measurement values caused by complicated radio transmission and to reduce the effect of burst measurement values. The parameter PcDlLevWindow (power control downlink intensity average window) is the size of the window used to calculate the average value of downlink signal

142 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 143: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

intensity, that is, the number of samples used in calculating the average value.

Value range: 1 ~ 32

Default value: 6

4. Reserve Count of Downlink Level (PcDLLevWeight)

Description: Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode, according to GSM specifications, refers to a process in which the system does not transmit signals during the voice intermittent period of the subscriber conversation. When using the DTX mode, two types of measurement data will be reported to BSC. One is the average value of the measurement results of all timeslots within a measurement period in the non-DTX mode, and the other is the average value of the measurement results of some specific timeslots within a measurement period in the DTX mode. BSC needs to select one type of measurement data according to the actual situation for calculating the average value. The first type of measurement data is more accurate, because it is the average value of the measurement results of all timeslots. However, the second type is not that accurate, because it is the average value of the measurement results of some timeslots. Therefore, BSC needs to use different weights for these two types of measurement data when averaging the measurement values. The parameter PcDlLevWeight determines the weight for the first type of measurement data (of all timeslots) when averaging the downlink signal intensity for power control. The weight for the second type of measurement data (for some timeslots) is set to 1 by default.

Value range: 1 ~ 3

Default value: 2

5. Sample Count of Uplink Quality (PcULQualWindow)

Description: BSC makes power control decisions in GSM system according to measurement data. BSC uses a series of average values instead of original values of the measurement data when making power control decisions, to avoid effect of burst measurement values caused by complicated radio transmission and to reduce effect of burst measurement values. The parameter PcUlQualWindow (power control uplink quality average window) is the size of the window used to calculate the average value of uplink signal quality, that is, number of samples used in calculating the average.

Value range: 1 ~ 32

Default value: 6

6. Reserve Count of Uplink Quality (PcULQualWeight)

Description: Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode, according to the GSM specifications, refers to a process in which the system does not transmit signals during the voice intermittent period of the subscriber conversation. When using the DTX mode, two types of measurement data will be reported to BSC. One is the average value of the measurement results of all timeslots within a measurement period in the non-DTX mode, and the other is the average value of the measurement results of some specific timeslots within a measurement period in the DTX mode. BSC needs to select one type of measurement

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 143

Page 144: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

data according to the actual situation for calculating the average value. The first type of measurement data is more accurate, because it is the average value of the measurement results of all timeslots. While the second type of measurement data is not that accurate, because it is the average value of the measurement results of some timeslots. Therefore, BSC needs to use different weights for the two types of measurement data when averaging the measurement values, The parameter PcUlQualWeight determines the weight for the first type of measurement data (of all timeslots) when averaging the uplink signal quality for power control. The weight for the second type of measurement data (of some timeslots) is set to 1 by default.

Value range: 1 ~ 3

Default value: 2

7. Sample Count of Downlink Quality (PcDLQualWindow)

Description: BSC makes power control decisions in GSM system according to the measurement data. BSC uses a series of average values instead of the original values of the measurement data when making power control decisions, to avoid the effect of burst measurement value caused by complicated radio transmission and to reduce the effect of burst measurement value. The parameter PcDlQualWindow (power control downlink quality average window) is the size of the window used to calculate average value of downlink signal quality, the number of samples used in calculating the average

Value range: 1 ~ 32

Default value: 6

8. Reserve Count of Downlink Quality (PcDLQualWeight)

Description: Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode, according to the GSM specifications, refers to a process in which the system does not transmit signals during the voice intermittent period of the subscriber conversation. Two types of measurement data will be reported to BSC when using DTX mode. One is the average value of the measurement results of all timeslots within a given measurement period in the non-DTX mode, and the other is the average value of the measurement results of some specific timeslots within a given measurement period in the DTX mode. BSC needs to select one type of measurement data according to the actual situation for calculating the average value. The first type of measurement data is more accurate, because it is the average value of the measurement results of all timeslots. The second type is not that accurate, because it is the average of the measurement results of some timeslots. Therefore, BSC needs to use different weights for these two types of measurement data when averaging the measurement values, The parameter PcDlQualWeight determines the weight for the first type of measurement data (of all timeslots) when averaging downlink signal quality for power control. The weight for the second type of measurement data (of some timeslots) is set to 1 by default.

Value range: 1 ~ 3

Default value: 2

9. Performance Survey Report Period (PwrCtrlReportPrd,51 multiframes)

144 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 145: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

Description: Period of performance survey report for power control (51 multiframes)

Default value: 10

Power Adjust Threshold Parameters1. Threshold, Value P and Value N of Pwr. INC due to Uplink Level

(PcULIncLev)

Description: Power control decisions, according to GSM specifications, depend on a series of average values. The uplink receiving strength is one of the reasons for power increase in the uplink MS. Make the power increase decision according to: When P of the closest N average values of the uplink signal intensity (P and N stand for the number of the average values) are lower than related threshold, the transmission power of the uplink MS must be increased to enhance the uplink signal intensity. The parameter PcUlInclLevThs defines related threshold, the parameter PcUlInclLevN defines related N value, and the parameter PcUlInclLevP defines related P value.

Value range: 1≤PcUlInclLevP≤PcUlInclLevN≤31.

See Table 138 for value range of Pwr INC due to uplink level.

TA B L E 138 TH R E S H O L D VA L U E RA N GE O F PW R . INC D U E T O U P L I N K LE V E L

Threshold Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110 ~ -109

... ...

62 -49 ~ -48

63 > -48

Default values: threshold = 18, P = 3, N = 4

2. Threshold, Value P and Value N of Pwr. INC due to Downlink Level (PcDLIncLev)

Description: Power control decisions, according to GSM specifications, depend on a series of average values. The downlink receiving strength is one of the reasons for power increase in the downlink BTS. Make the power increase decision according to: When P of the closest N average values of the downlink signal intensity (P and N stand for the number of the average values) are lower than related threshold, the transmission power of the downlink BTS must be increased to enhance the downlink signal intensity. The parameter PcDlInclLevThs defines related threshold value, the parameter PcDlInclLevN defines related N value, and the parameter PcDlInclLevP defines related P value.

Value range: 1≤PcDlInclLevP≤PcDlInclLevN≤31.

See Table 139 for value range of Pwr INC due to downlink level.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 145

Page 146: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

TA B L E 139 TH R E S H O L D VA L U E R A N G E O F PW R . INC DU E T O D O W N L I N K LE V E L

Threshold Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110 ~ -109

... ...

62 -49 ~ -48

63 > -48

Default values: threshold = 18, P = 3, N = 4

3. Threshold, Value P and Value N of Pwr. DEC due to Uplink Level (PcULRedLev)

Description: Power control decisions, according to GSM specifications, depend on a series of average values. The uplink receiving strength is one of the reasons for power decrease in the uplink MS. Make the power decrease decision according to: When P of the closest N average values of the uplink signal intensity (P and N stand for the number of the average values) are higher than related threshold, the transmission power of the uplink MS must be decreased to weaken the uplink signal intensity. The parameter PcUlRedLevThs defines related threshold value, the parameter PcUlRedLevN defines related N value, and the parameter PcUlRedLevP defines related P value.

Value range: 1≤PcUlRedLevP≤PcUlRedLevN≤31.

See Table 140 for value range of Pwr DEC due to uplink level.

TA B L E 140 TH R E S H O L D VA L U E RA N GE O F PW R . DEC D U E T O UP L I N K LE V E L

Threshold Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110 ~ -109

2 -109 ~ -108

... ...

61 -50 ~ -49

62 -49 ~ -48

63 > -48

Default values: threshold = 22, P = 3, N = 4

4. Threshold, Value P and Value N of Pwr. DEC due to Downlink Level (PcDLRedLev)

Description: Power control decisions, according to GSM specifications, depend on a series of average values. The downlink receiving strength is one of the reasons for power decrease in the downlink BTS. Make the power decrease decision according to: When P of the closest N average values of the downlink signal intensity (P and N stand for the number of the average values) are higher than related threshold, the

146 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 147: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

transmission power of the downlink BTS must be decreased to weaken the downlink signal intensity. The parameter PcDlRedLevThs defines related threshold value, the parameter PcDlRedLevN defines related N value, and the parameter PcDlRedLevP defines related P value.

Value range: 1≤PcDlRedLevP≤PcDlRedLevN≤31.

See Table 141 for value range of Pwr DEC due to downlink level.

TA B L E 141 TH R E S H O L D VA L U E R A N G E O F PW R . DEC D U E T O D O W N L I N K LE V E L

Threshold Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110 ~ -109

2 -109 ~ -108

... ...

62 -49 ~ -48

63 > -48

Default values: threshold = 22, P = 3, N = 4

5. Threshold, Value P and Value N of Pwr. INC due to Uplink Quality (PcULIncQual)

Description: Power control decisions, according to GSM specifications, depend on a series of average values. The uplink receiving quality is one of the reasons for power increase in the uplink MS. Make the power increase decision according to: When P of the closest N average values of the uplink signal quality (P and N stand for the number of the average values) are higher than related threshold, the transmission power of the uplink MS must be increased to improve the uplink signal quality. The parameter PcUlInclQualThs defines related threshold value, the parameter PcUlInclQualN defines related N value, and the parameter PcUlInclQualP defines related P value.

Value range: 1≤PcUlInclQualP≤PcUlInclQualN≤31.

See Table 142 for value range of Pwr INC due to uplink quality.

TA B L E 142 TH R E S H O L D V A L U E R A N GE O F PW R . INC D U E T O UP L I N K QU A L I T Y

Threshold Corresponding Quality Level Meaning

0 0 BER< 0.2%

1 1 0.2%<BER< 0.4%

... ... ...

6 6 6.4%<BER<12.8%

7 7 12.8%<BER

Default values: threshold = 3, P = 3, N = 4

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 147

Page 148: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

6. Threshold, Value P and Value N of Pwr. DEC due to Downlink Quality (PcDLIncQual)

Description: Power control decisions, according to GSM specifications, depend on a series of average values. The downlink receiving quality is one of the reasons for power increase in the downlink BTS. Make the power increase decision according to: When P of the closest N average values of the downlink signal quality (P and N stand for the number of the average values) are higher than related threshold, the transmission power of the downlink BTS must be increased to improve the downlink signal quality. The parameter PcDlInclQualThs defines related threshold value, the parameter PcDlInclQualN defines related N value, and the parameter PcDlInclQualP defines related P value.

Value range: 1≤PcDlInclQualP≤PcDlInclQualN≤31.

See Table 143 for value range of Pwr DEC due to downlink quality.

TA B L E 143 TH R E S H O L D VA L U E R A N G E O F PW R . DEC D U E T O D O W N L I N K QU A L I T Y

Threshold Corresponding Quality Level Meaning

0 0 BER<0.2%

1 1 0.2%<BER<0.4%

2 2 0.4%<BER<0.8%

... ... ...

7 7 12.8%<BER

Default values: threshold = 3, P = 3, N = 4

7. Threshold, Value P and Value N of Pwr. DEC due to Uplink Quality (PcULRedQual)

Description: Power control decisions, according to GSM specifications, depend on a series of average values. Uplink receiving quality is one of reasons for power decrease in uplink MS. Make power decrease decision according to: When P of closest N average values of uplink signal quality (P and N stand for number of average values) are lower than related threshold, transmission power of uplink MS must be decreased to weaken uplink signal quality. The parameter PcUlRedQualThs defines related threshold value, the parameter PcUlRedQualN defines related N value, and the parameter PcUlRedQualP defines related P value.

Value range: 1≤PcUlRedQualP≤PcUlRedQualN≤31.

See Table 144 for value range of Pwr DEC due to uplink quality.

148 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 149: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

TA B L E 144 TH R E S H O L D VA L U E R A N G E O F PW R . DEC DU E T O UP L I N K QU A L I T Y

Threshold Corresponding Quality Level Meaning

0 0 BER<0.2%

1 1 0.2%<BER<0.4%

2 2 0.4%<BER<0.8%

... ... ...

6 6 6.4%<BER< 12.8%

7 7 12.8%<BER

Default values: threshold = 3, P = 3, N = 4

8. Threshold, Value P and Value N of Pwr. DEC due to Downlink Quality (PcDLRedQual)

Description: Power control decisions, according to GSM specifications, depend on a series of average values. The downlink receiving quality is one of the reasons for power decrease in the downlink BTS. Make the power decrease decision according to: When P of the closest N average values of the downlink signal quality (P and N stand for the number of the average values) are lower than related threshold, the transmission power of the downlink BTS must be decreased to weaken the downlink signal quality. The parameter PcDlRedQualThs defines related threshold value, the parameter PcDlRedQualN defines related N value, and the parameter PcDlRedQualP defines related P value.

Value range: 1≤PcDlRedQualP≤PcDlRedQualN≤31.

See Table 145 for value range of Pwr DEC due to downlink quality.

TA B L E 145 TH R E S H O L D VA L U E R A N G E O F PW R . DEC D U E T O D O W N L I N K QU A L I T Y

Threshold Corresponding Quality Level Meaning

0 0 BER<0.2%

1 1 0.2%<BER<0.4%

2 2 0.4%<BER<0.8%

... ... ...

6 6 6.4%<BER<12.8%

7 7 12.8%<BER

Default values: threshold = 3, P = 3, N = 4

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 149

Page 150: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Power Control Parameters1. Power Control Object No. (PcID)

Description: Number of the power control object

2. Allow Rapid Power Control (RapidPcInd)

Description: Whether to allow the use of rapid power control process. The rapid power control process is an optional item of BSC. On one hand, it can decrease the interference of the whole system; on the other hand, it can meet the need of dynamic power control of the rapidly moving MS. Each amplitude of power control used by the rapid power control process is not a fixed value, but an integer multiple of the power control step (increase and decrease) of the cell parameter. The parameter RapidPc determines the availability of the rapid power control process.

Value range: False: Not using the rapid power control process; True: Using the rapid power control process

Default value: False

3. Maximum Value of Power DEC (PwrDecrLimit)

Description: The system will set specific power decrease maximum limit corresponding to each quality level to prevent MS from disconnecting because of the rapid power decrease when carrying out the rapid power control for quality reasons. For example, the parameter PwrDecrLimit 0 determines maximum power decrease limit for (BER<0.2%) calls with quality level 0. This parameter works for both uplink and downlink.

Value range: This parameter can be taken as an array of size eight, each of which is one byte. The parameter PwrDecrLimit n determines maxmium power decrease available for calls with quality level as n. Value range of the elements is 0 ~ 38, standing for 0 ~ 38 dB

Note: Default value can be set as 38. Set corresponding limits for power decrease according to performance statistics parameters, if the power decrease causes too many disconnections.

Default value: 38

Other Parameters1. Minimal Time Interval of RxLev Power Adjust (PcMinInterval)

Description: This parameter specifies minimum interval of power control. Usually, two survey reports with the original transmission power will be received after the power control. The signal level information contained in the reports is not accurate and should be ignored (other information, such as adjacent cell information, is still valid). Therefore, a minimum interval of power control should be set. All the signal level information within this period will be ignored.

Value range: 0 ~ 32

Default value: 2

2. Allow Uplink Power Control (PwrControlUl)

150 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 151: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

Description: This parameter determines whether to enable uplink power control in the cell, that is, whether to carry out power control on MS in the cell.

Value range: True: Enabling uplink power control; False: Disabling uplink power control

Default value: True

3. Allow Downlink Power Control (PwrControlDl)

Description: This parameter determines whether to enable the downlink power control in the cell. That is, whether to carry out the power control on BTS.

Value range: True: Enabling downlink power control; False: Disabling downlink power control

Default value: True

4. MS TxPwr Increase Step (PwrIncStep)

Description: Power increase step is the parameter used in both directions.

Value range: See Table 146 for value range of MS TxPwr increase step.

TA B L E 146 VA L U E R A N G E O F MS TXP W R I N C R E A S E ST E P

Value Corresponding Step

0 2 dB

1 4 dB

2 6 dB

Default value: 0

5. MS TxPwr Decrease Step (PwrRedStep)

Description: Power decrease step is the parameter used in both directions.

Value range: See Table 147 for value range of MS TxPwr decrease step.

TA B L E 147 VA L U E R A N G E O F MS TXP W R D E C R E A S E ST E P

Value Corresponding Step

0 2 db

1 4 dB

2 6 dB

Default value: 0

6. MS Max. TxPwr (MsTxPwrMax)

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 151

Page 152: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Description: The network controls the transmission power used during communication between MS and BTS, and also sets power for MS through the power command, which is sent on SACCH (The SACCH has 2 header bytes: One is the power control byte and the other is the timing advance byte). MS must obtain the power control header from the downlink SACCH and take the specified transmission power as its output power. If the power level of MS is not enough for this output power, it will output at the closest transmission power that is available. This parameter determines maximum transmission power available for MS in the cell during BSC power control. The parameter MsTxPwrMax is also used by BSC to calculate PBGT value.

Value range: See Table 148 for value range of MS max TxPwr.

TA B L E 148 VA L U E R A N G E O F MS MA X . TX PW R

GSM900 GSM1800

Value MS output power (dBm) Value MS output power (dBm)

0 ~ 2 39 29 36

3 37 30 34

4 35 31 32

5 33 0 30

... ... ... ...

17 9 13 4

18 7 14 2

19 ~ 31 5 15 ~ 28 0

Note: Usually, set this parameter to the same value as the parameter MsTxPwrMaxCch of the cell.

Default value: 19 ~31 (5dBm) for GSM900 cell; 15 ~ 28 (0dBm) for GSM1800 cell

7. MS Minimum TxPwr (MsTxPwrMin)

Description: Network controls transmission power used during communication between MS and BTS, and sets power for MS through power command, which is sent on SACCH (SACCH has 2 header bytes: One is power control byte, and the other is timing advance byte). MS must obtain power control header from downlink SACCH, and take specified transmission power as its output power. MS outputs at closest transmission power available if power level of MS is not enough for specified output power. During BSC power control, this parameter determines minimal transmission power (that is, lower limit of power control) available for MS in the cell.

Value range: See Table 149 for value range of MS min TxPwr.

152 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 153: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

TA B L E 149 VA L U E R A N G E O F MS M I N . TX PW R

GSM900 GSM1800

Value Ms output power (dBm) Value MS output power (dBm)

0 ~ 2 39 29 36

3 37 30 34

4 35 31 32

... ... ... ...

17 9 13 4

18 7 14 2

19 ~ 31 5 15 ~ 28 0

Note: For the GSM900 cell, set the default of this parameter to 19 ~31 (that is, 5dBm); for the GSM1800 cell, set the default of this parameter to 15 ~ 28 (that is, 0dBm).

Default value: 19

8. BS Minimum TxPwr (BsTxPwrMin)

Description: Network controls transmission power used during communication between BTS and MS, and sets power for BTS through power command. BTS must take the transmission power specified by the power command as its output power. During the BSC power control, this parameter determines minimum transmission power (that is, the lower limit of power control) available for the BTS in the cell. Maxmium power level of BTS is Pn.

Value range: See Table 150 for value range of BS min TxPwr.

TA B L E 150 VA L U E RA N GE O F BS M I N . TXP W R

Value Minimal Output Power of BTS

0 Pn

1 Pn -2dB

... ...

15 Pn -30dB

Default value: 15

GPRS Power Control parameters1. Uplink Power Control Strategy (UlPwrCtrl)

Description: This parameter determines uplink power control strategy of GPRS.

Value range: See Table 151 for value range of uplink power control strategy.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 153

Page 154: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

TA B L E 151 VA L U E R A N G E O F UP L I N K PO W E R CO N T R O L ST R A T E G Y .

Value Uplink Power Control Strategy

0 No control

1 Open loop control

2 Closed loop control

3 Quality-based control

Others Reserved

Default value: 0

2. Downlink Power Control Strategy (DlPwrCtrl)

Description: This parameter determines downlink power control strategy of GPRS.

Value range: See Table 152 for value range of downlink power control strategy.

TA B L E 152 VA L U E R A N G E O F DO W N L I N K PO W E R C O N T R O L ST R A T E GY

Value Downlink Power Control Strategy

0 No control

1 Open loop control

2 Closed loop control

3 Quality-based control

Others Reserved

Default value: 0

3. Downlink Power Control Mode (PwrCtrlMode)

Description: The downlink power control mode adopted at the BTS side. Two power control modes are available for BTS: A and B. Mode A can be used for any assignment mode, while Mode B can only be used for the fixed assignment mode. The parameter BTS_PWR_CTRL_MODE determines which power control mode to be used.

Value range: See Table 153 for value range of downlink power control mode.

TA B L E 153 VA L U E R A N G E O F DO W N L I N K PO W E R C O N T R O L MO D E

Value MODE

0 A

1 B

Default value: 0

4. Value of Power Decrease based on BCCH on Mode A (P0,dB)

154 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 155: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

Description: An optional parameter of downlink power control; contained in assignment message. Use power control if P0 exists; otherwise, do not use it. In packet transmission mode, do not change P0 value unless re-assignment or new assignment is established, and assignment does not contain PDCH(s) of any previous assignment.

Value range: See Table 154 for value range of power decrease based on BCCH.

TA B L E 154 VA L U E R A N G E O F PO W E R DE C R E A S E BA S E D O N BCCH

Value Value Represented by P0

0 P0=0dB

1 P0=2dB

... ...

15 P0=30dB

Default value: 0

5. Precision (PwCtrlLev)

Description: This parameter determines power control precision of GPRS.

Value range: 0 ~ 31

Default value: 0

6. Receive Power Strength from MS Needed (SS_BTS)

Description: This parameter is used for uplink power control of open loop.

Value range; See Table 155 for value range of receive power strength from MS needed.

TA B L E 155 VA L U E R A N G E O F RE C E I V E PO W E R ST R E N G T H F R O M MS NE E D E D

Value Meaning

0 -110dBm

1 -109 dBm

... ...

63 -47 dBm

Default value: 1

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 155

Page 156: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Handover Control Parameters

Handover Pretreatment Parameters1. Handover Control No. (HoID)

Description: Number of the object for handover control

2. Sampling Count of Uplink Intensity (HoULLevWindow)

Description: BSC makes handover decisions in GSM system according to the measurement data. BSC uses a series of average values instead of the original values of the measurement data when making handover decisions, to avoid negative impact of burst measurement values caused by complicated radio transmission. The parameter HoUlLevWindow is the size of the window used to calculate the average value of the uplink signal intensity, that is, the number of samples used in calculating the average.

Value range: 1 ~ 31

Default value: 2

3. Reserve Count of Uplink Intensity (HoULLevReserved)

Description: BSC makes handover decisions in GSM system according to the measurement data. BSC uses a series of average values instead of the original values of the measurement data when making handover decisions, to avoid the negative impact of burst measurement values caused by complicated radio transmission. The reserved count of adjacent cells is the number of the average values of the uplink intensity sent in the “Handover Required” message.

4. Power of Uplink Intensity (HoULLevWeight)

Description: Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode, according to GSM specifications, refers to a process in which the system does not transmit signals during the voice intermittent period of the subscriber conversation. When using the DTX mode, two types of measurement data will be reported to BSC. One is the average value of the measurement results of all timeslots in a given measurement period in the non-DTX mode, and the other is the average value of the measurement results of some special timeslots in a given measurement period in the DTX mode. BSC needs to select one type of measurement data according to the actual situation for calculating the average value. The first type of measurement data is more accurate, because it is the average value of measurement results of all timeslots. While the second type of measurement data is not that accurate, because it is the average value of the measurement results of some timeslots. Therefore, BSC needs to use different weights for these two types of measurement data when averaging the measurement values. The parameter HoUlLevWeight determines the weight for the first type of measurement data (of all timeslots) when averaging the uplink signal intensity for handover. The weight for the second type of measurement data (of some timeslots) is set to 1 by default.

Value range: 1 ~ 3

156 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 157: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

Default value: 2

5. Sampling Count of Downlink Intensity (HoDLLevWindow)

Description: BSC makes handover decisions in GSM system according to the measurement data. BSC uses a series of average values instead of the original values of the measurement data when making handover decisions, to avoid the negative impact of burst measurement values caused by complicated radio transmission. The parameter HoDlLevWindow (averaging window of handover downlink intensity) is the size of the window used to calculate the average value of the downlink signal intensity, the number of the samples used in calculating the average.

Value range: 1 ~ 31

Default value: 2

6. Reserve Count of Downlink Intensity (HoDLLevReserved)

Description: BSC makes handover decisions in GSM system according to the measurement data. In order to avoid the negative impact of burst measurement values caused by the complicated radio transmission, BSC uses a series of average values instead of the original values of the measurement data when making handover decisions. The parameter Reserve Count of Adjacent Cell is the number of the average values of the downlink intensity that is transferred in the “Handover Required” message.

7. Power of Downlink Intensity (HoDLLevWeight)

Description: Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode, according to GSM specifications, refers to a process in which the system does not transmit signals during the voice intermittent period of the subscriber conversation. When using the DTX mode, two types of measurement data will be reported to BSC. One is the average value of the measurement results of all timeslots within a measurement period in the non-DTX mode, and the other is the average value of the measurement results of some special timeslots within a measurement period in the DTX mode. BSC needs to select one type of measurement data according to the actual situation for calculating the average value. The first type of measurement data is more accurate, because it is the average value of the measurement results of all timeslots. The second type is not that accurate, because it is the average value of the measurement results of some timeslots. Therefore, BSC needs to use different weights for these two types of measurement data when averaging the measurement values. The parameter HoDlLevWeight determines the weight for the first type of measurement data (of all timeslots) when averaging the downlink signal intensity for handover. The weight for the second type of measurement data (of some timeslots) is set to 1 by default.

Value range: 1 ~ 3

Default value: 2

8. Sampling Count of Uplink Quality (HoULQualWindow)

Description: BSC makes handover decisions in GSM system according to the measurement data. BSC uses a series of average values instead of the original values of the measurement data when making handover

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 157

Page 158: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

decisions, to avoid the negative impact of burst measurement values caused by the complicated radio transmission. The parameter HoUlQualWindow (handover uplink quality average window) is the size of the window used to calculate the average value of the uplink signal intensity, that is, the number of samples used in calculating the average.

Value range: 1 ~ 31

Default value: 2

9. Reserve Count of Uplink Quality (HoULQualReserved)

Description: BSC makes handover decisions in GSM system according to the measurement data. In order to avoid the negative impact of burst measurement values caused by the complicated radio transmission, BSC uses a series of average values instead of the original values of the measurement data when making handover decisions. The parameter Reserve Count of Adjacent Cell is the number of average values of the uplink quality transferred in the “Handover Required” message.

10. Power of Uplink Quality (HoULQualWeight)

Description: Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode, according to GSM specifications, refers to a process in which the system does not transmit signals during the voice intermittent period of the subscriber conversation. When using the DTX mode, two types of measurement data will be reported to BSC. One is the average value of the measurement results of all timeslots within a measurement period in the non-DTX mode, and the other is the average value of the measurement results of some special timeslots within a measurement period in the DTX mode. BSC needs to select one type of measurement data according to the actual situation for calculating the average value. The first type of measurement data is more accurate, because it is the average value of the measurement results of all timeslots. While the second type of measurement data is not that accurate, because it is the average value of the measurement results of some timeslots. Therefore, BSC needs to use different weights for these two types of measurement data when averaging the measurement values. The parameter HoUlQualWeight determines the weight for the first type of measurement data (of all timeslots) when averaging the uplink signal quality for handover. The weight for the second type of measurement data (of some timeslots) is set to 1 by default.

Value range: 1 ~ 3

Default value: 2

11. Sampling Count of Downlink Quality (HoDLQualWindow)

Description: BSC makes handover decisions in GSM system according to the measurement data. In order to avoid the negative impact of burst measurement values caused by the complicated radio transmission, BSC uses a series of average values instead of the original values of the measurement data when making handover decisions. The parameter HoDlQualWindow (handover downlink quality average window) is the size of the window used to calculate the average value of the downlink signal quality, that is, the number of samples used in calculating the average.

158 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 159: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

Value range: 1 ~ 32

Default value: 2

12. Reserve Count of Downlink Quality (HoDLQualReserved)

Description: BSC makes handover decisions in GSM system according to the measurement data. In order to avoid the negative impact of burst measurement values caused by the complicated radio transmission, BSC uses a series of average values instead of the original values of the measurement data when making handover decisions. The parameter Reserve Count of Adjacent Cell is the number of average values of the downlink quality transferred in the “Handover Required” message.

13. Power of Downlink Quality (HoDLLevWeight)

Description: Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode, according to GSM specifications, refers to a process in which the system does not transmit signals during the voice intermittent period of the subscriber conversation. When using the DTX mode, two types of measurement data will be reported to BSC. One is the average value of the measurement results of all timeslots within a given measurement period in the non-DTX mode, and the other is the average value of the measurement results of some special timeslots within a given measurement period in the DTX mode. BSC needs to select one type of measurement data according to the actual situation for calculating the average value. The first type of measurement data is more accurate, because it is the average value of the measurement results of all timeslots. The second type is not that accurate, because it is the average value of the measurement results of some timeslots. Therefore, BSC needs to use different weights for these two types of measurement data when averaging the measurement values. The parameter HoDlQualWeight determines the weight for the first type of measurement data (of all timeslots) when averaging the downlink signal quality for handover. The weight for the second type of measurement data (of some timeslots) is set to 1 by default.

Value range: 1 ~ 3

Default value: 2

14. Sampling Count of Adjacent Cell (NCellWindow)

Description: BSC makes handover decisions in GSM system according to the measurement data. In order to avoid the negative impact of burst measurement values caused by the complicated radio transmission, BSC uses a series of average values instead of the original values of the measurement data when making handover decisions. The parameter NCellWindow (adjacent cell average window) is the size of the window used to calculate the average value of the signal intensity of adjacent cells, that is, the number of samples used in calculating the average.

Value range: 1 ~ 31

Default value: 2

15. Reserve Count of Adjacent Cell (NCellReserved)

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 159

Page 160: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Description: BSC makes handover decisions in GSM system according to the measurement data. In order to avoid the negative impact of burst measurement values caused by the complicated radio transmission, BSC uses a series of average values instead of the original values of the measurement data when making handover decisions. The parameter Reserve Count of Adjacent Cell is the number of average values of the signal intensity of adjacent cells transferred in the “Handover Required” message.

16. Power of Adjacent Cell (NCellWeight)

Description: Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode, according to GSM specifications, refers to a process in which the system does not transmit signals during the voice intermittent period of the subscriber conversation. When using the DTX mode, two types of measurement data will be reported to BSC. One is the average value of the measurement results of all timeslots within a measurement period in the non-DTX mode, and the other is the average value of the measurement results of some special timeslots within a measurement period in the DTX mode. BSC needs to select one type of measurement data according to the actual situation for calculating the average value. The first type of measurement data is more accurate, because it is the average value of the measurement results of all timeslots. The second type is not that accurate, because it is the average value of the measurement results of some timeslots. Therefore, BSC needs to use different weights for these two types of measurement data when averaging the measurement values. The parameter Adjacent Cell Weight determines the weight for the first type of measurement data (of all timeslots) when averaging the signal intensity of adjacent cells for handover. The weight for the second type of measurement data (of some timeslots) is set to 1 by default.

17. Sampling Count of Distance (DistanceWindow)

Description; BSC makes handover decisions in GSM system according to the measurement data. In order to avoid the negative impact of burst measurement values caused by the complicated radio transmission, BSC uses a series of average values instead of the original values of the measurement data when making handover decisions. The parameter DistanceWindow (Sampling Count of Distance) is the size of the window used to calculate the average value of the distance from MS to BTS (Actually, it is the timing advance TA), namely the number of samples used in calculating the average.

Value range: 1 ~ 31

Default value: 2

18. Reserve Count of Distance (DistanceReserved)

Description: BSC makes handover decisions in GSM system according to the measurement data. In order to avoid the negative impact of burst measurement values caused by the complicated radio transmission, BSC uses a series of average values instead of the original values of the measurement data when making handover decisions. The parameter Reserve Count of Distance is the number of distance averages transferred in the “Handover Required” message.

19. Allow Zero (ZeroAllowed)

160 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 161: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

Description: MS can only report the measurement data of six adjacent cells with the strongest signal intensity according to GSM specifications. Therefore, the measurement results of adjacent cells recorded by BSC may be discontinuous. In this case, record the measurement data of the missing cell as 0 (that is, lower than -110dBm). In order to avoid any negative impact of 0 on averaging, suppose that 0 is allowed to appear occasionally to omit it in calculating the average. However, excessive occurrences of 0 indicate that this adjacent cell is of poor signal intensity. The parameter ZeroAllowed is used to determine the occurrence of how many 0s is normal, that is, this can be ignored in calculating the average. To be specific, if the number of the 0s in the sample values used for the average calculation exceeds ZeroAllowed, these sample values are with low reliability, then the measurement average equals to the sum of the reported values dividing NCellWindow. If the number of the 0s in the reported values does not exceed ZeroAllowed, these sample values are within high reliability, then the measurement average equals to the sum of the reported values dividing the balance of NCellWindow subtracting the number of the 0s.

Value range: 0 ~ 31

Default value: 1

Handover Threshold Parameters1. Threshold, N value and P value of Uplink RxLev

Description: Handover decision, according to GSM specifications, depends on a series of average values. Uplink receiving strength is one of reasons for handover. Make handover decision according to: When P of closest N average values of uplink signal intensity (P and N stand for the number of average values) are lower than related threshold, carry out handover to enhance uplink signal intensity. HoUlLevThs defines related threshold, HoUlLevN defines related N value, and HoUlLevP defines related P value.

Value range: 1≤HoUlLevP≤HoUlLevN≤31.

See Table 156 for value range of uplink RxLey level.

TA B L E 156 VA L U E R A N G E O F UP L I N K RX LE V LE V E L

Value Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110 ~ -109

... ...

62 -49 ~ -48

63 > -48

Note: Value of HoUlLevThs is usually lower than threshold (parameter PcUlInclLevThs in R_POC table) of the uplink power control (increase). In other words, the power control has higher priority. Carry out the handover if the power control does not work.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 161

Page 162: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Default values: threshold = 10, P = 3, N = 4

2. Threshold, N value and P value of Downlink RxLev

Description: Handover decision, according to GSM specifications, depends on a series of average values. The downlink receiving strength is one of the reasons for handover. Make the handover decision according to: Carry out the handover to enhance downlink signal intensity when P of closest N average values of downlink signal intensity (P and N stand for the number of the average values) are lower than related threshold. The parameter HoDlLevThs defines related threshold, the parameter HoDlLevN defines related N value, and the parameter HoDlLevP defines related P value.

Value range: 1≤HoDlLevP≤HoDlLevN≤31

See Table 157 for value range of downlink RxLey threshold.

TA B L E 157 VA L U E R A N GE O F DO W N L I N K R XLE V TH R E S H O L D

Value Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110 ~ -109

2 -109 ~ -108

... ...

61 -50 ~ -49

62 -49 ~ -48

63 > -48

Note: Value of HoDlLevThs is usually lower than threshold (parameter PcDlInclLevThs in R_POC table) of downlink power control (increase). In other words, the power control has higher priority. Carry out the handover when the power control does not work. This parameter is set to 15 (that is, -96dBm ~ -95dBm) by default. Please note that this parameter is 3dB higher than the value of RxLevAccessMin of the cell.

Default values: 15, P = 3, N = 4

3. Threshold, N value and P value of Uplink RxQual

Description: Handover decision, according to GSM specifications, depends on a series of average values. The uplink receiving quality is one of the reasons for handover. Make the handover decision according to: Carry out the handover to improve the uplink signal quality when P of the closest N average values of the uplink signal quality (P and N stand for the number of the average values) are higher than related threshold. The parameter HoUlQualThs defines related threshold, the parameter HoUlQualN defines related N value, and the parameter HoUlQualP defines related P value.

Value range: 1≤HoUlQualP≤HoUlQualN≤31

See Table 158 for value range of uplink RxQual threshold.

162 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 163: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

TA B L E 158 VA L U E R A N G E O F UP L I N K RX QU A L TH R E S H O L D

Value Corresponding Quality Level

Meaning

0 0 BER<0.2%

1 1 0.2%<BER<0.4%

2 2 0.4%,<BER<0.8%

... ... ...

6 6 6.4%<BER<12.8%

7 7 12.8%<BER

Note: Value of HoUlQualThs is usually higher than threshold (parameter PcUlInclQualThs in R_POC table) of uplink power control (increase). In other words, power control has higher priority. Carry out handover when power control does not work.

Default values: threshold = 4, P = 3, N = 4

4. Threshold, N value and P value of Downlink RxQual

Description: Handover decision, according to GSM specifications, depends on a series of average values. Downlink receiving quality is one of reasons for handover. Make handover decision according to: When P of closest N average values of downlink signal quality (P and N stand for the number of the average values) are higher than related threshold, carry out handover to improve downlink signal quality. HoDlQualThs defines related threshold, HoDlQualN defines related N value, and HoDlQualP defines related P value.

Value range: 1≤HoDlQualP≤HoDlQualN≤31

See Table 159 for value range of downlink RxQual level.

TA B L E 159 VA L U E R A N G E O F DO W N L I N K R XQU A L LE V E L

Value Corresponding Quality Level Meaning

0 0 BER<0.2%

1 1 0.2%<BER,<0.4%

2 2 0.4%<BER<0.8%

... ... ...

6 6 6.4%<BER<12.8%

7 7 12.8%<BER

Note: Value of HoDlQualThs is usually higher than the threshold (parameter PcDlInclQualThs in R_POC table) of downlink power control (increase). In other words, the power control has higher priority. Carry out the handover when the power control does not work.

Default values: threshold = 4, P = 3, N = 4

5. Threshold, N value and P value of Uplink RxLev of Internal Handover

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 163

Page 164: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Description: Handover decision, according to GSM specifications, depends on a series of average values. Uplink interference (of same frequency) is one of the reasons for handover. Make the handover decision according to: Carry out the handover to weaken the uplink interference (of the same frequency) when the handover conditions for the uplink quality are satisfied and if P of the closest N average values of the uplink signal intensity (P and N stand for the number of the average values) are higher than related threshold. The parameter IntraHoUlLevThs defines related threshold, the parameter IntraHoUlLevN defines related N value, and the parameter IntraHoUlLevP defines related P value. Carry out the internal handover in the cell whenever the handover condition is met.

Value range: 1≤IntraHoUlLevP≤IntraHoUlLevN≤31

See Table 160 for value range of uplink RxLey threshold of internal handover.

TA B L E 160 VA L U E R A N G E O F UP L I N K RX LE V TH R E S H O L D O F IN T E R N A L H A N D O V E R

Value Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110 ~ -109

2 -109 ~ -108

... ...

61 -50 ~ -49

62 -49 ~ -48

63 > -48

Note: Value of IntraHoUlLevThs is usually higher than threshold (parameter PcUlRedLevThs in R_POC table) of uplink power control (decrease).

Default value: threshold = 35, P = 3, N = 4

6. Threshold, N value and P value of Downlink RxLev of Internal Handover

Description: Handover decision, according to GSM specifications, depends on a series of average values. Downlink frequency interference is one of the reasons for handover. Make the handover decision according to: Carry out the handover to weaken the downlink frequency interference when the handover condition for the downlink quality is met and if P of the closest N average values of the downlink signal intensity (P and N stand for the number of the average values) are higher than related threshold. The parameter IntraHoDlLevThs defines related threshold, the parameter IntraHoDlLevN defines related N value, and the parameter IntraHoDlLevP defines related P value. Carry out the internal handover in the cell whenever the handover condition is met.

Value range: 1≤IntraHoDlLevP≤IntraHoDlLevN≤31See Table 161 for value range of downlink RxLev threshold of internal handover.

164 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 165: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

TA B L E 161 VA L U E R A N G E O F DO W N L I N K R XLE V TH R E S H O L D O F I N T E R N A L HA N D O V E R

Value Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110 ~ -109

2 -109 ~ -108

... ...

61 -50 ~ -49

62 -49 ~ -48

63 > -48

Note: Value of IntraHoDlLevThs is usually lower than (or equal to) threshold (parameter PcDlRedLevThs in R_POC table) value of downlink power control (decrease).

Default values: threshold = 40, P = 3, N = 4

7. Threshold, N value and P value of C/I Allow to Access Special TRX

Description: Handover decision, according to GSM specifications, depends on a series of average values. The good C/I of the current special layer frequency is one of the reasons for concentric circle handover. Make the handover decision according to: Carry out the handover if the current call is on the common TRX (frequency), and P of the closest N C/I values are higher than related threshold. C/I is the reason for this handover, and only one handover from common TRX to special TRX. The parameter GoodCiThs defines related threshold, the parameter GoodCiN defines related N value, and the parameter GoodCiP defines related P value.

Value range: 1≤GoodCiP≤GoodCiN≤31

See Table 162 for value range of threshold of C/1 allow to access special TRX.

TA B L E 162 VA L U E R A N G E O F TH R E S H O L D O F C/ I AL L O W T O AC C E S S SP E C I A L TRX

Value Corresponding C/I Value

0 -127 db

1 -126 dB

... ...

255 128 dB

Default values: threshold = 133, P = 3, N = 4

8. Threshold, N value and P value of C/I when Allow Handover from Special TRX

Description: Handover decision, according to GSM specifications, depends on a series of average values. C/I of the current special layer frequency is one of the reasons for concentric circle handover. Make the handover decision according to: Carry out the handover if current

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 165

Page 166: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

call is on special TRX (frequency), and P of closest N C/I values are lower than related threshold. C/I is the reason for this handover, and only one handover from special TRX to common TRX. The parameter BadCiThs defines related threshold, the parameter BadCiN defines related N value, and the parameter BadCiP defines related P value.

Value range: 1≤BadCiP≤BadCiN≤31

See Table 163 for value range of threshold of C/1 when allow handover from special TRX.

TA B L E 163 VA L U E R A N G E O F TH R E S H O L D O F C/ I W H E N AL L O W HA N D O V E R FR O M SP E C I A L TRX

Value Corresponding C/I Value

0 -127dB

1 -126dB

2 -125dB

... ...

255 128dB

Default values: threshold = 130, P = 3, N = 4

9. Rapid handover of Threshold and N value

Description: Some parameters are necessary for rapid attenuation handover. RapidHoThs is the threshold of signal intensity. The condition of the rapid attenuation handover is met when the measured signal intensity of a call is continuously lower than this threshold. The candidate cell is a specific related cell in adjacent cells. RapidHoN is a counter value, minimum times that measured signal intensity value of calls are always lower that threshold.

Value range: 1 ~ 31

See Table 164 for value range of RapidHoThs.

TA B L E 164 VA L U E R A N G E O F RA P I D H A N D O V E R LE V E L

Value Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110 ~ -109

... ...

62 -49 ~ -48

63 > -48

Note: RapidHoThs parameter is set as 15 (-96 dBm ~ -95 dBm) by default, same as level threshold of common handover. The setting of the parameter RapidHoN should ensure that the rapid handover is at least faster than the common signal level handover.

Default value: threshold = 10, N=1

166 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 167: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

10. Threshold of Macro-Micro Handover

Description: Some parameters are necessary for macro-micro handover. The macro-micro handover threshold is a signal intensity threshold. The call can be handed over to this adjacent micro cell when the measured value of the signal intensity of an adjacent micro cell is always higher than the MacroMicroHoThs value (threshold) for a certain number of times. This can enable a slowly moving MS to enter the micro cell layer. Number of times mentioned above depends on MacroMicroHoN parameter of each adjacent cell.

Value range: See Table 165 for value range of Macro-Micro handover level.

TA B L E 165 VA L U E R A N G E O F MA C R O -M I C R O H A N D O V E R LE V E L

Value Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110 ~ -109

... ...

61 -50 ~ -49

62 -49 ~ -48

63 > -48

Default value: 20

11. N value of Macro-Micro Handover

Description: Some parameters are necessary for macro-micro handover. There is a signal intensity threshold and a counter value. N value of the macro-micro handover (MacroMicroHoN) is a counter value that is related to a given adjacent micro cell. The call can be handed over to this adjacent micro cell when the measured value of the signal intensity of this adjacent micro cell is consecutively higher than the MacroMicroHoThs value for MacroMicroHoN times. This enables a slowly moving MS to enter the micro cell. This parameter describes the counter value used by local cell as micro cell.

Value range: 1 ~ 255

Note: The setting of the parameter MacroMicroHoN in local micro cell is subject to the size of local cell and standard used to measure the moving speed of MS.

Default value: 2

12. P value and N value of Distance Handover

Description: Handover decision, according to GSM specifications, depends on a series of average values. The distance between MS and BTS is also one reason for handover. Make the handover decision according to: When P of the closest N average values of the timing advance (P and N stand for the number of the average values) are higher than related threshold, carry out the handover to make MS stay inside the service range of the cell. The parameter DistanceN defines

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 167

Page 168: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

the relevant N value, and the parameter DistanceP defines the relevant P value.

Value range: 1≤DistanceP≤DistanceN≤32

See Table 166 for value range of distance handover level.

TA B L E 166 VA L U E R A N G E O F D I S T A N C E H A N D O V E R LE V E L

DistanceThs Corresponding Timing Advance

Corresponding Distance from MS to BTS (Approx.)

0 0 550m

1 1 1100m

2 2 1650m

... ... ...

63 63 34650m

Default values: P = 3, N = 4

Handover Condition Parameters1. Minimal Interval (HoMinInterval)

Description: The system can restrict the frequent inter-cell handover through the parameter HoMinInterval to prevent MS that is just handed over to a cell from being immediately handed over to another cell (which often occurs on the border of two cells), and thus ensuring the communication quality and the system performance. This parameter defines a time length. That is, the next handover is possible only when the time from the last handover of MS exceeds this value. Please note that this parameter affects only the inter-cell handover, but not the common intra-cell handover or the intra-cell concentric handover. Besides, every micro cell has its own handover strategies. Therefore, this parameter works only for the macro cell or upper layers.

Value range: See Table 167 for value range of minimum time interval.

TA B L E 167 VA L U E R A N GE O F M I N I M U M T I M E I N T E R V A L

Value Time represented

0 0s

1 1s

... ...

31 31s

Note: 5 for a macro cell, and 0 for a micro cell

Default value: 5

168 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 169: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

2. Hierachy Priority Choose Parameter: Hierachy priority choose parameter of the level/Quality handover (LayerPripority)

Description: Three options are available to selecting and sequencing candidate cells for calls when the condition for the level/quality handover (signal level and signal quality) is met:

Adjacent cells at the upper layer of local cell have the highest priority for call handover, then adjacent cells at the same layer, and finally other adjacent cells;

Adjacent cells at the same layer of local cell have the highest priority for call handover, then adjacent cells at the upper layer, and finally other adjacent cells;

All adjacent cells have the same priority.

This parameter determines which one of the above three options will be selected. When carrying out the handover control related to level/quality during the service process, this parameter has a higher priority than adjacent cell.

Value range: 1 (UPPER_LAYER): Adjacent cells at upper layer have highest priority, then those at the same layer, and finally other adjacent cells; 2 (SAME_LAYER): Adjacent cells at same layer have highest priority, then those at the upper layer, and finally other adjacent cells; 3 (ALL_LAYER): All adjacent cells have same priority.

Note: Generally option 1 is adopted for the micro cell. That is, when it is necessary to hand over the call in the micro cell because of signal quality or intensity problems, the macro cell layer has the highest priority for the call handover. While for the macro cell, option 2 is generally adopted. That is, when it is necessary to hand over a call in the macro cell because of signal quality or intensity problems, other macro cells have the highest priority.

3. Hierarchy that can apply standard PBGT HO (PbgtHoLayer)

Description: Some restrictions or controls are necessary for the standard PBGT handover in multi-layer and dual-band network applications. The parameter PbgtHoLayer is just used to control the applications of the PBGT handover.

Value range: See Table 168 for value range of hierarchy can use standard PBGT HO.

TA B L E 168 VA L U E R A N G E O F H I E R A R C H Y CA N US E ST A N D A R D PBGT HO

Value Meaning

0 0: PBGT handover to adjacent cells at the same layer but of different frequency is impossible; 1: PBGT handover to adjacent cells at the same layer but of a different frequency is possible

1 0: PBGT handover to adjacent cells without hierarchy is impossible; 1: PBGT handover to adjacent cells without hierarchy is possible

2 0: PBGT handover to adjacent cells at the upper layer is impossible; 1: PBGT handover to adjacent cells at the upper layer is possible

3 0: PBGT handover to adjacent cells at the lower layer is impossible; 1: PBGT handover to adjacent cells at the lower layer is possible

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 169

Page 170: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Default value: 0

4. Maximal TxPwr (MSPWRMAX)

Description: It is maximum transmission power available for MS in adjacent cells.

5. Level of Minimal RxLev (RxLevMin)

Description: Minimum receiving strength level (on BCCH channel) needed to hand over MS to local cell. This is one of the parameters to distinguish the priority cell during a handover control process. MS in the cell monitors constantly the intensity on the BCCH channel of adjacent cells. But only adjacent cells with receiving strength higher than RxLevMin can be potential candidates for the handover. Handover may occur when RxLevMin of MS required by adjacent cells is lower than RxLevMin of MS required by local cell. This indicates that MS is at the edge of the cell.

Value range: See Table 169 for value range of minimum RxLev level.

TA B L E 169 VA L U E R A N G E O F LE V E L O F M I N I M A L R XLE V

Value Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110 ~ -109

2 -109 ~ -108

... ...

63 > -48

Default value: 15

6. Handover Method (HoPatternInd)

Description: Three modes are available for the handover according to specifications:

Synchronization: TA of destination cell is the same as that of the source cell

Asynchronization: TA of destination cell is unknown

Pseudo-synchronization: MS is able to calculate the TA of the destination cell

This parameter determines what handover modes are available for BSC.

Value range: See Table 170 for value range of handover method.

170 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 171: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

TA B L E 170 VA L U E RA N GE O F H A N D O V E R ME T H O D

Position Meaning

Bit 1 1: Synchronous handover is possible; 0: Synchronous handover is impossible

Bit 2 1: Asynchronous handover is possible; 0: Asynchronous handover is impossible

Bit 3 1: Pseudo-synchronous handover is possible; 0: Pseudo-synchronous handover is impossible

Bit 4 -

Bit 5 ~ 8 Reserved; always 0

Note: Generally, set 1 and 2 as False. Set 3 also as False to speed up partial handovers. At present, always set 4 to True.

Default values: True: Synchronization; True: Asynchronization; False: Pseudo-synchronization

Handover Control ParametersDescription: The specifications define multiple trigger conditions for the handover. The introduction of micro cells also brings many handover algorithms. Except for the basic handover types based on the receiving strength and quality, it is not a must for the cell to implement other optional handover types. The parameter HoControl determines whether to implement other handover types in the cell.

Value range: HoControl is a 17-bit bitmap. See Table 171 for value range of HoControl.

TA B L E 171 VA L U E R A N G E O F HOC O N T R O L

Position Meaning

1 1: SDCCH handover possible

0: SDCCH handover impossible

2 1: Inter-cell handover caused by uplink interference is possible

0: Inter-cell handover caused by uplink interference is impossible

3 1: Inter-cell handover caused by downlink interference is possible

0: Inter-cell handover caused by downlink interference is impossible

4 1: Handover caused by distance is possible

0: Handover caused by distance is impossible

5 1: The standard PBGT handover is possible

0: The standard PBGT handover is impossible

6 1: Automatic handover based on traffic is possible

0: Automatic handover based on traffic is impossible

7 1: Direction-based handover possible

0: Direction-based handover impossible

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 171

Page 172: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Position Meaning

8 1: Concentric circle handover possible

0: Concentric circle handover impossible

9 1: Possible to carry out the inter-cell handover caused by downlink interference between channels of the super TRX

0: Impossible to carry out the inter-cell handover caused by downlink interference between channels of the super TRX

10 1: Possible to carry out the inter-cell handover caused by uplink interference between channels of the super TRX

0: Impossible to carry out the inter-cell handover caused by uplink interference between channels of the super TRX

11 1: Possible to carry out the inter-adjacent sector handover caused by PBGT between channels of the super TRX

0: Impossible to carry out the inter-adjacent sector handover caused by PBGT between channels of the super TRX

12 1: Allow to use the dynamic modulating process of handover priority

0: Not allow to use the dynamic modulating process of handover priority

13 1: Rapid handover possible

0: Rapid handover impossible

14 1: Macro-micro delay handover is possible

0: Macro-micro delay handover is impossible

15 1: Micro-micro delay handover is possible

0: Micro-micro delay handover is impossible

16 Reserved; always 0

17 1: Handover based on path loss and TA is possible

0: Handover based on path loss and TA is impossible

Note: Generally, set positions 1, 4 and 7 to True, 2, 3, 5 and 6 to False in multi-layer or dual-band network applications. Setting of positions 8, 9 and 10 depends on specific conditions, while generally are set to True. For micro cell, set position 15 to False and 14 to True. For macro cell, set position 14 to False and 15 to True. Generally set 12 and 3 to True and 11 to False.

Other Parameters1. Handover Failure Penalty Period (HoFailPentaltyTime)

Description: It is a protection period to prevent immediate handover after handover failure has occurred. The unit time is the period of survey or pretreatment survey report.

Value range: 1 ~ 255

Default value: 7

2. Allowed Dynamic Priority Difference (DynPrioOffset)

Description: It is tolerable dynamic priority difference between destination cell and local cell during a handover. Check successively tolerable dynamic priority difference, tolerable power budget

172 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 173: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

difference, and moving direction of MS, in handover algorithm of the cell.

Value range: 1 ~ 7

Default value: 1

3. Allowed PBGT Difference (PbgtOffset)

Description: It is the tolerable power budget difference between destination cell and local cell during a handover.

Value range: 1 ~ 20

Default value: 3

4. Control Value of Handover on Traffic (hierarchy) (TrafficHoLayerCtrl)

Description: The control value of layer for traffic handover, layer with the highest priority for a handover

Value range: 0 ~ 3

Default value: 1 (same layer)

5. Control Value of Handover on Traffic (frequency) (TrafficHoFreqCtrl)

Description: The control value of layer for traffic handover, frequency with the highest priority for a handover

Value range: 0 ~ 1

Default value is 0

6. Threshold of Handover on Traffic (TrafficThs)

Description: The threshold used by the database for traffic alarm in a cell.

Value range: 30 ~ 100

Default value: 70

7. Default Minimal RxLev (RLMDEF)

Description: It is the default minimum threshold for receiving strength used during handover to the undefined adjacent cell.

Default value: Set this parameter to 15

8. Default Maximal TxPwr (TPM)

Description: It is the default maximum transmission power required by MS in the undefined adjacent cell.

Default value: Set this parameter to 15

9. Default Minimal PBGT Threshold (PbgtDEF)

Description: It is the default minimum threshold value for receiving strength used during handover to the undefined adjacent cell.

Default value: Set this parameter to 15

10. TaIntraThs, TaIntraHyst, TaIntraP, TaIntraN

Description: Another service handover type, TA-based intra-cell handover, is available after support the extended cell. These four

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 173

Page 174: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

parameters respectively control the threshold, hysteresis, P value and N value of the TA-based on the intra-cell handover.

Value range: See Table 172 for value range of parameter.

TA B L E 172 VA L U E R A N G E O F PA R A M E T E R

Parameter Meaning Value Range

TaIntraThsTaIntraThs Threshold of TA-based intra-cell handover 1 ~ 63

TaIntraHystTaIntraHyst Hysteresis of TA-based intra-cell handover 1 ~ 5

TaIntraPTaIntraP P value of TA-based intra-cell handover 1 ~ 32

TaIntraNTaIntraN N value of TA-based intra-cell handover 1 ~ 32

Note: The TaIntraThs parameter is set to 60 by default, and TaIntraHyst to 1.The P and N values can be set to 3 and 4 respectively.

Handover Arithmetic Parameters1. Traffic Handover Level Threshold (TrafficLevThs)

Description: This parameter is for traffic handover. Set a TrafficLevThs, change from “Level of adjacent cell must be over condition of local cell” to “Level of adjacent cell must be over threshold of local cell”. This threshold can be negative. It allows handover, when level is well in this cell and level in adjacent cell (like 1800 M cell) is also well, although a little lower than that of local cell. It increases effect of traffic handover greatly. This threshold must be smaller than PBGT threshold in reverse direction. Otherwise, it may result in Ping Pong handover.

Value range: 0 ~ 48 (level threshold –24 ~ 24 db)

Default value: 0

2. Penalty Downlink Level Offset (PenaltyLevOffset)

Description: Perform an offset on the downlink level of this cell in penalty period.

Value range: 0 ~ 63 dB

Default value: 15

3. Uplink Interference handover Quality Offset in the Cell (QoffSetUl)

Description: See relations between level and quality to judge whether there are interferences in service judgment channel when handover occurs in the cell. In rxqual-ul> = QOffSetUl + FQSS (RXLEV_UL+ SOffSetUl) or rxqual-dl>= QOffSetDl + FQSS (RXLEV_DL+ SOffSetDl), rxqual-xx is uplink/downlink quality, QoffSetxx is uplink/downlink quality offset; RXLEV_XX is uplink/downlink level; SoffSetxx is uplink/downlink level offset. Service informs database of situation in original occupied channel when applying for channels after confirming the interference. Database will select sitable channel according to this message.

Value range: 0 ~ 2 (quality offset –1 ~ 1)

174 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 175: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

Default value: 0

4. Uplink Interference Handover Level Offset in the Cell (SOffSetUl)

Description: Same as Uplink Interference handover Quality Offset in the Cell (QOffSetUl).

Value range: 0 ~ 20 (level offset –10 ~ 10 dB)

Default value: 5

5. Downlink Interference handover Quality Offset in the Cell (QOffSetDl)

Description: Same as Uplink Interference handover Quality Offset in the Cell (QOffSetUl).

Value range: 0 ~ 2 (quality offset –1 ~ 1)

Default value: 0

6. Downlink Interference Handover Level Offset in the Cell (SOffSetDl)

Description: Same as Uplink Interference handover Quality Offset in the Cell (QOffSetUl).

Value range: 0 ~ 20 (level offset –10 ~ 10 dB)

Default value: 0

7. Invalid Handover Judge Time in the Cell (TMaxIHo)

Description: A user performs handover continuously in the cell to indicate that it is interfered greatly in this position and it cannot find a suitable channel. It is better to forbid it to perform handover in some time. Judging method: Handover occurs during timer TmaxIHo. Former handover has no effect on interference. Add 1 to timer HoCount and restart TmaxIHo at the same time. Former handover is valid if it occurs before timer exceeds. Clear counter to 0. There is no need to retry any more if the counter reads MaxIHo. Punish in penalty mode in the cell.

Value range: 0 ~ 255

Default value: 16

8. Invalid Handover Max Times in the Cell (MaxIHo)

Description: Same as Invalid Handover Judge Time in the Cell (TMaxIHo)

Value range: 0 ~ 10

Default value: 3

9. Max Path Loss for Forced Transfer Allowed (MaxLossThs)

Description: Directional transfer only aims to one designated cell and it is restricted by a permitted level difference MaxLevDiff. It is lower than PBGT handover threshold in reverse direction, to avoid surge handover.

Directional transfer will not result in congestion of destination cell. Therefore, set a transfer reserved resource threshold HoForceResThs. Transfer forcedly when destination cell resource is less than the threshold.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 175

Page 176: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Select users with small path loss and small TA as transferred users. Transfer them when their path loss is smaller than the threshold MaxLossThs and TA is smaller than the threshold MaxTAThs. This arithmetic applies to dual-frequency networking, cells of 900 M and 1800 M use same site.

Judge only on path loss when MaxTAThs is 63 and judge only on TA when MaxLossThs is 150.

Adopt N or P mode to judge in actual situations, that is, handover conditions are met if HoForceP meets HoForceN measurement reports.

Path loss L=BS_TXPWR - AV_RXLEV_DL

BS_TXPWR is transmission power of CA where occupation time slot locates. It depends on CA maximum transmission power, static attenuation power and power control. AV_RXLEV_DL is downlink receiving level.

Forced transfer handover must meet following requirements:

Level of destination cell must be higher than local cell (MaxLevDiff)

Available resource of destination cell must be over transfer reserved resource threshold (HoForceResThs)

Path loss L must be less than MaxLossThs and TA must be less than MaxTAThs

Destination cell is forced transferred cell

Value range: 0 ~ 150 (dB)

Default value: 110

10. Max Time Ahead for Forced Transfer Allowed (MaxTAThs)

Description: Same as Max Path Loss for Forced Transfer Allowed (MaxLossThs)

Value range: 0 ~ 63

Default value: 5

11. N for Forced Transfer Handover Judge (HoForceN)

Description: Same as Max Path Loss for Forced Transfer Allowed (MaxLossThs)

Value range: 1<= HoForceP<=HoForceN<=31

Default value: 5

12. P for Forced Transfer Handover Judge (HoForceP)

Description: Same as Max Path Loss for Forced Transfer Allowed (MaxLossThs)

Value range: 1<= HoForceP<=HoForceN<=31

Default value: 3

176 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 177: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters1. Adjacent Cell Handover Object No. (hrid)

Description: It is the unique identification of the reselection object for adjacent cell handover.

Value range: 65 ~ 96

2. Cell Handover Priority (Pri)

Description: Consider cell priority according to specifications when sorting candidate cells during handover. Besides, there are two other determinants, traffic and radio status. Priority and traffic play a major role in cell sequencing. When the sorting based on these two gives the same result, sequence the cells according to the radio status.

Value range: 0 ~ 7; the larger the value is, the higher the priority will be.

Default value: 3

3. Adjacent Cell Max TxPwr (MTPMax)

Description: The network controls the transmission power during the communication between MS and BTS, and sets the power for MS by using the power command, which is sent on SACCH (The SACCH has 2 header bytes: One is the power control byte, and the other is the timing advance byte). MS must obtain the power control header from the downward SACCH, and takes the specified transmission power as its output power. If the power level of the MS cannot meet the specified power, it will output at the closest transmission power. This parameter stands for the maximum transmission power available for the MS in the cell during BSC power control. The parameter MsTxPwrMax is also used by BSC to calculate the PBGT value.

Value range: See Table 173 for value range of adjacent cell max TXPWR.

TA B L E 173 VA L U E R A N G E O F AD J A C E N T C E L L MA X TXP W R

GSM900 GSM1800

Value MS output power (dBm) Value MS output power (dBm)

0 ~ 2 39 29 36

3 37 30 34

4 35 31 32

5 33 0 30

... ... ... ...

17 9 13 4

18 7 14 2

19 ~ 31 5 15 ~ 28 0

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 177

Page 178: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Default value: Same as maximum power level of control channel (MsTxPwrMaxCch) in a cell.

4. Min RxLev Needed (RLMin)

Description: MS access to the system is of poor quality and cannot guarantee normal communication process in case of low receiving signal level. Besides, it is a great waste of radio resources of the network. Therefore, the GSM specifications set this parameter, that is, the minimum receiving level, as the threshold for the receiving level of the MS when accessing the network. Besides, it is also one of the standards for the MS to select and reselect cell (a parameter to calculate C1 and C2). This parameter is broadcasted to all MSs in a cell through the “RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” and “TYPE4” messages. The parameter RxLevMin is also a parameter of cell selection.

Value range: See Table 174 for value rang of min RxLev needed.

TA B L E 174 VA L U E R A N G E O F M I N R XLE V NE E D E D

Value Corresponding Level Value (dBm)

0 < -110

1 -110 ~ -109

2 -109 ~ -108

... ...

62 -49 ~ -48

63 > -48

Note: Generally, the value of this parameter should be close to the MS receiving sensitivity. For some cells with overloaded traffic, the cell RxLevAccessMin may be increased according to the actual requirement to decrease the C1 and C2 values of the cell, and thus decreasing the effective coverage range of the cell. However, a high value of RxLevAccessMin may lead to creating a “blind area” manually at the cell boundaries. At the preliminary running stage of the network, this parameter is generally set to 10 (that is, -101 dBm ~ -100 dBm) or lower, higher than the MS receiving sensitivity (-102 dBm). However, when the network is expanded or when radio coverage is not a problem in some cells, this parameter of the related cell can be increased by 2 (dB).

Default value: 15

5. Cell Layer Num (NCLayer)

Description: It is possible to form multi-layer radio coverage in same physical areas with the introduction of multi-layer and dual-frequency network technology, to provide various handover strategies. These handover strategies will not be described in detail in this manual. We can summarize these strategies like this: 1) Restricting the PBGT handover defined by the specifications within the same layer can

178 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 179: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

reduce the handover times during a call, and meanwhile enhances the system reliability and communication quality. 2) The strategies for macro-micro handover depends on the moving speed of the MS. The MS moving with high speed tries to enter the macro cell (the upper layer of the micro cell layer), while the MS moving with slow speed tries to enter the micro cell layer (the lower layer of the macro cell layer). 3) The undefined cell of the service cell can be considered as the candidate cell only in non-PBGT handover and emergencies.

Value range: This parameter can be considered as a data array, each element of which is used to determine the hierarchical relationship between the relevant adjacent cells and local cell. The parameter NCellNum determines the number of cells in the array. See Table 175 for value range of cell layer num.

TA B L E 175 VA L U E R A N G E O F CE L L LA Y E R NU M

Value Meaning

0 N: Undefined

1 SAME: Adjacent cell and local cell are in the same layer (PBGT handover possible)

2 UPPER: Adjacent cell is the upper layer of local cell (when local cell is a micro cell)

3 LOWER: Adjacent cell is the lower layer of local cell (when local cell is a macro cell)

Other values Reserved

Note: See Table 176 for value range of cell layer num.

TA B L E 176 VA L U E R A N G E O F CE L L LA Y E R NU M

Adjacent cells

Local cellSector cell

GSM 900M Macro cell

GSM 900M Micro cell

GSM 1800M Macro cell

GSM 1800M Micro cell

Micro-micro-cell

Sector cell N N N N N N

GSM900M macro cell

N SAME LOWER N LOWER LOWER

GSM900M micro cell

N UPPER SAME UPPER N LOWER

GSM1800M macro cell

N N LOWER SAME LOWER LOWER

GSM1800M micro cell

N UPPER N UPPER SAME LOWER

Micro-micro-cell N UPPER N UPPER N N

6. Handover PBGT Threshold (HoMargin)

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 179

Page 180: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Description: Handover decision, according to GSM specifications, depends on a series of average values. PBGT value of a certain adjacent cell is also one reason for handover. Make the handover decision according to: Carry out the handover to find a more suitable cell when the PBGT value of an adjacent cell is higher than the related threshold. The parameter HoMarginPbgt stands for threshold that must be used for the PBGT handover from an adjacent cell to local cell.

Value range: See Table 177 for value range of minimal PBGT threshold.

TA B L E 177 VA L U E R A N G E O F M I N I M A L PBGT TH R E S H O L D

Value Value Represented

0 -24dB

1 -23dB

... ...

47 23dB

48 24dB

Default value: 30

7. Handover Level Threshold (HMRL)

Description: Handover decision, according to GSM specifications, depends on a series of average values. Adjacent cells must be screened and sequenced during the handover caused by level. The parameter HoMarginRxLev stands for the threshold used during the handover from an adjacent cell to local cell because of signal intensity.

Value range: See Table 178 for value range of minimal threshold of RxLev HO.

TA B L E 178 VA L U E R A N G E O F M I N I M A L TH R E S H O L D O F R XLE V HO

Value Value Represented

0 -24dB

1 -23dB

... ...

48 24 dB

Default value: 30

8. Handover Quality Threshold (HMRQ)

Description: Handover decision, according to GSM specifications, depends on a series of average values. Adjacent cells must be screened and sequenced during the handover caused due to poor quality. The parameter HoMarginRxQual stands for the threshold that must be used during the handover from an adjacent cell to local cell because of signal quality.

180 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 181: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

Value range: See Table 179 for value range of micro level of quality handover.

TA B L E 179 VA L U E R A N G E O F M I C R O LE V E L O F QU A L I T Y H A N D O V E R

Value Value Represented

0 -24dB

1 -23dB

... ...

47 23dB

48 24dB

Default value: 30

9. Related Cell (IsRCell)

Description: Only the cell related to the service cell can be a candidate in rapid fading handover. This is a parameter of adjacent cell, and is used to indicate whether adjacent cell is related to the service cell.

Value range: False: Adjacent cell is not related to the service cell; True: Adjacent cell is related to the service cell

Default value: False

10. Synchronize to Adjacent Cell (Sync)

Description: This parameter indicates whether adjacent cell and local cell belong to the same center module.

Value range: True/False

11. Related Cell DN

Description: The parameter indicates whether it is DN (BssId-SiteId-BtsId-Hold) of the handover cell or DN (EcId) of the external cell.

Adjacent Cell Handover ParametersPlease refer to Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 181

Page 182: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Adjacent Cell Reselection ParametersPlease refer to Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters.

Frequency Hopping System Parameters1. Frequency Hopping No. (FHSId)

Description: MAI, according to the Frequency Hopping (FH) algorithm defined by the GSM 05.02 specifications, is a function of TDMA Frame Number (FN), Hopping Sequence Number (HSN) and Mobile Allocation Index Offset (MAIO). HSN determines the operation track of the frequency during the frequency hopping process. For the cells close to each other and with the same MA, using different HSNs can avoid frequency utilization conflict during the frequency hopping process. Different TSs can share the same group of MAs and the corresponding HSNs. The only difference lies in that the MAIO is contained in the TS attribute.

Value range: 0 ~ 63

HSN = 0 is a special FH, that is, cyclic FH

Note: Use different HSNs for cells close to each other and with same MA, to avoid conflict of frequency utilization in the FH process.

2. Frequency Hopping Mode (FreqHopMode)

Description: It determines Frequency Hopping Mode used by the cell.

Value range: 0: No frequency hopping; 1: basic band frequency hopping; 2: radio frequency hoping

3. Frequency Group (MaArfcnList)

Description: Lists absolute RF channel number of each frequency in FH group; a sub-set of CA of the cell. This set conveys related information to the MS when notifying it which channel to use.

Value range: Not more than 64

Channel Parameters1. Channel No. (ChId)

Description: A number to identify a channel.

2. TS radio Channel Combination

182 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 183: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

Description: This parameter indicates the channel combination mode for TS. It is very important configuration information, and is closely related to attributes BcchArfcn and CcchConf of a CELL. It can also be used to check whether the configuration is correct.

Value range: See Table 180 for value range of TS radio channel combination setting.

TA B L E 180 VA L U E R A N G E O F TS RA D I O CH A N N E L CO M B I N A T I O N SE T T I N G

Value Explanations

0 TCH/F + FACCH/F + SACCH/TF

1 TCH/H(0, 1)+ FACCH/H(0, 1)+ SACCH/TH(0, 1)

2 TCH/H(0, 0)+ FACCH/H(0, 1)+ SACCH/TH(0, 1)+ TCH/H(1, 1)

3 SDCCH/8(0..7)+ SACCH/C8(0..7)

4 FCCH + SCH + BCCH + CCCH

5 FCCH + SCH + BCCH + CCCH + SDCCH/4(0..3)+ SACCH/C4(0..3)

6 BCCH + CCCH

7 FCCH + SCH + BCCH + CCCH + SDCCH/4(0..3)+ SACCH/C4(0..3)+ CBCH

8 SDCCH/8(0..7)+ SACCH/C8(0..7)+ CBCH

9 TCH/F + FACCH/F + SACCH/M

10 TCH/F + SACCH/M

11 TCH/FD + SACCH/MD

12 PBCCH+PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH

13 PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH

14 PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH

15 CTSBCH+CTSPCH+CTSARCH+CTSAGCH

16 CTSPCH+CTSARCH+CTSAGCH

17 CTSBCH

18 CTSBCH+TCH/F+FACCH/F+SACCH/CTS

19 E-TCH/F+E-FACCH/F+SACCH/TF

20 E-TCH/F+E-FACCH/F+SACCH/M

21 E-TCH/F+SACCH/M

22 E-TCH/FD+SACCH/MD

Default value: 0

3. Train Serial Code (TSC)

Description: Training serial code of TS. There are eight kinds of training serial codes in all, and they have little correlation with each other. The training serial code is used by self-adaptive equalization circuit at the receiving end as a reference for the time delay compensation. For the TS of the BCCH channel, this parameter must be equal to the BCC of the cell.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 183

Page 184: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Value range: 0 ~ 7.

Note: This parameter must be equal to BCC of the cell for TS of BCCH channel.

Default value: 0

4. PCM Line No. (PCMID)

Description: Serial number of the PCM line

5. Ts No. (TsID)

Description: It is physical TS number of CHANNEL in its TRX

Value range: 0 ~ 7

6. Sub Time Slot No. (pcmSubTs)

Description: It is sub-channel number of the logical channel (service channel) in the physical channel (TS).

Value range: See Table 181 for value range of sub time slot No.

TA B L E 181 VA L U E R A N G E O F SU B T I M E SL O T NO .

Value Conditions

0 When the TS radio Channel Combination field is 0 (TS_COMB_TCHF)

0 ~ 1 When the TS radio Channel Combination field is 1 (TS_COMB_TCHH0) or 2 (TS_COMB_TCHH1)

0 ~ 3 When the TS radio Channel Combination field is 5 (TS_COMB_MBCCHC)

0 ~ 7 When the TS radio Channel Combination field is 3 (TS_COMB_SDCCH)

7. Frequency Hopping (Hop)

Description: Whether to support frequency hopping

Value range: True: Supporting frequency hopping; False: Not supporting frequency hopping

Default value: False

8. Mobile Allocation Index Offset (MAIO)

Description: CA number that air interface adopts during the communication is an element in MA. Variable “Mobile Allocation Index” is to determine a definite element in MA, 0≤MAI≤n-1. MAI is the function of TDMA frame number FN (or decreasing number RFN), Hop S.N. (HSN) and MAIO, according to designated hop arithmetic of GSM specifications 05.02. MAIO is an initial offset of MAI, to prevent several channels from grabbing same CA at the same time. Several basic frequency hopping unit (time slot or TDMA frame) makes up a frequency hopping group, so they have same MA and HSN, but different MAIO. Same MA and HSN are extracted and put into list of FHS/MA. MAIO of time slot is invalid when frequency hopping group that time slot corresponds to doesn’t hop.

Value range: 0 ~ 63

Default value: 0

9. Frequency Hopping No. (FhsID)

184 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 185: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

Description: Frequency hopping system number that this frequency modulation corresponds to

Value range: 1 ~ 255

3G Cell Control ParametersBasic Property Parameters1. Cell 3G Control No. (Bts3GID)

Value range: 1

2. Whether to ask for UE to send “UTRAN classmark change” message early (ECSC_3G)

Value range: True: Asking for UE to send “UTRAN classmark change” message early; False: Not asking for UE to send “UTRAN classmark change” message early

3. Channel Position of SI2quater Broadcast (SI2QuaterPos)

Description: This parameter is to indicate channel position of SI2quaterbroadcast

Value range: 0: Broadcasting on normal BCCH module; 1: Broadcasting on expanded BCCH module (AGCH_BLOCK is reserved as 1 at least)

Default value:0

4. UE report message of measurement report (ReportTypeCs)

Description: UE adopts which message to report measurement report

Value range: 0: Adopting “enhanced measurement report” if configuring at least one BSIC for every frequency point in BA list (corresponding to BAInd in this cell). Otherwise, adopting “normal measurement report”; 1: Adopting “normal measurement report”

Default value: 0

5. Threshold of UE to start 3G reselection cell measurement (Qsearch_I)

Description: UE starts 3G reselection cell measurement when average receiving level RLA_C of this cell is lower than (reference value: 0 ~ 7) or higher than (reference value: 8 ~ 15)

Value range: 0 ~ 15

n = 0 ~ 6, indicating field strength L = -98 + n*4 dbm

n = 7, ∞, indicating always

n = 8 ~ 14, indicating field strength L = -78 + 4*(n-8) dbm

n = 15, ∞, indicating never

Default value: 15

6. Threshold of UE to start 3G reselection cell measurement in special mode (Qsearch_C)

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 185

Page 186: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Description: This parameter defines a threshold. UE starts adjacent cells search when average receiving level RLA_C of this cell is lower than (reference value: 0 ~ 7) or higher than (reference value: 8 ~ 15)

Value range: 0 ~ 15

n = 0 ~ 6, indicating field strength L = -98 + n*4 dbm

n = 7, ∞, indicating always

n = 8 ~ 14, indicating field strength L = -78 + 4*(n-8)dbm

n = 15, ∞, indicating never

Default value: 15

7. Type of 3G adjacent cells reported in measurement report (FDDRepQntCS)

Description: This parameter is to describe type of 3G adjacent cells reported in measurement report

Value range: 0: Received Signal Code Power (RSCP), receiving power of CPICH channel scrambling of this 3G cell in UE, with the unit of dbm; 1: Ec/No, ratio of receiving power and hot noise of CPICH channel scrambling, with the unit of db

Default vale: 0

8. Min value of FDD code-to-noise ratio (FDD_Qmin)

Description: Ec/No (code-to-noise ratio) of this 3G cell is larger than or equal to the value of the cell when the cell is reselected as adjacent cell of this 3G cell

Value range: 0 ~ 7, indicating (–20 + n) dbm

Default value: 0

9. Parameters of UE to replace Qsearch_C (QsearchCInit) before getting Qsearch_C parameters in special mode

Description: Parameters of UE to replace Qsearch_C (QsearchCInit) before getting Qsearch_C parameters in special mode

Value range: 0: Using Qsearch_I parameter; 1: ∞, indicating always measuring

Default value: 0

10. Adjacent cells with same frequency in measurement report (SvrBandRprtCS)

Description: Max adjacent cells with same frequency band as service cell in measurement report or strongest cells list

Value range: 0 ~ 3

Default value: 2

11. Least offset of RSCP over all GSM adjacent cells RLA_C that the cell requires when reselected as 3G adjacent cell (FDD_Qoffset)

Description: the cell can be reselected as 3G adjacent cell if meeting following three requirements, if one 3G adjacent cell has been switched on (3G cell must meet certain requirements) and meets the requirement of starting measurement of this cell

186 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 187: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

RSCP of this adjacent cell is higher than average receiving level RLA_C of this cell

RSCP of this adjacent cell is higher than RLA_C of all adjacent GSM cells by at least FDD_Qoffset, and lasts over 5 seconds (FDD_Qoffset of the cell must increase by 5 db if it is reselected as 3G adjacent cell 15 seconds ago)

Ec/No (code-noise ratio) of this adjacent cell is larger than or equal to FDD_Qmin designated by this cell

Select largest cell in RSCP if more than one 3G cell meets above requirements

Value range: 0 ~ 15

Default value: 15

12. Frequency of adjacent cell to report measurement report (ReportRateCS)

Description: Frequency of adjacent cell to report measurement report

Value range: 0: Normal; 1: Low

Default value: 0

13. Multiple frequency band report CS (MulBndRprtCS)

Description: This parameter is to control reports of different adjacent cells in other frequency bands except the frequency band that service cell locates in

Value range: 0 ~ 3

0: MS reports 6 strongest measurement results that NCC knows and permits according to the strength of adjacent cell, no matter which frequency band this adjacent cell locates in

1: MS reports measurement result of one adjacent cell with strongest signal of all frequency bands in adjacent cells list (excluding frequency bad of this cell). It reports adjacent cell in frequency band of this cell in rest places. It reports adjacent cell with hypo-strong signals if there still are residual places, no matter which frequency band it locates in

2: MS reports measurement result of two adjacent cells with strongest signal of all frequency bands in adjacent cells list (excluding frequency bad of this cell). It reports adjacent cell in frequency band of this cell in rest places. It reports adjacent cell with hypo-strong signals if there still are residual places, no matter which frequency band it locates in

3 : MS reports measurement result of three adjacent cells with strongest signal of all frequency bands in adjacent cells list (excluding frequency bad of this cell). It reports adjacent cell in frequency band of this cell in residual places. It reports adjacent cell with hypo-strong signals if there still are residual places, no matter which frequency band it locates in

Default value: 0

14. Increased offset when UE reports signal field strength (ScaleOrdCS)

Description: Increased offset when UE reports signal field strength. UE maps n+ ScaleOrdCS to the value that original n corresponds to when

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 187

Page 188: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

mapping to RXLEV (0 ~ 63), if actual field strength of one GSM adjacent cell is only n dbm. It is only applicable to “enhanced measurement report” message. UE reports actual value by setting this parameter if field strength of adjacent cell is over –48 dbm. UE will report value of SCALE used in reported “enhanced measurement report” message. UE will use the value of best signal level to report if SCALE_ORD = 2.

Value range: 0: 0db; 1: 10 db; 2: automatic, determined by UE

Default value: 0

15. 3G adjacent cells list S.N. for cell reselection (BAInd3G)

Description: 3G adjacent cells list S.N. for cell reselection, to differ from BA list of 3G broadcasted on BCCH (described in “2quater” message) and BA list of 3G broadcasted on SACCH (described in “measurement information” message). This difference is to correspond to BA_USED data in measurement report and to display list of reported adjacent cells. Parameters in “SI 2quater” message and “measurement information” message are in reverse for the convenience of regulations.

Value range: 0 ~ 1

0: 0 on BCCH (system message 2quater) and 1 on SACCH (“measurement information” message)

1: 1 on BCCH (system message 2quater) and 0 on SACCH (“measurement information” message)

Default value: 0

16. Whether to permit UE to report field strength of “NCC allowed, but BCC invalid” cell (InvldBSICRprtCS)

Description: Some NCCs in BSIC of GSM cell are allowed by NCC system, but valid for BCC (that means it is not configured in the system). This parameter is to control whether the system to allow UE to report field strength of such cell

Value range; True: Enabling; False: Disabling

Default value: True

17. Whether UE is able to search 3G adjacent cells in frames requiring BSIC decoding (SearchPrioCS3G)

Description: Whether UE is able to search 3G adjacent cells in frames requiring BSIC decoding (SearchPrioCS3G). UE can use 25 frames at most to search in 13 seconds, if allowed

Value range: True: Enabling; False: Disabling

Default value: True

18. Signal Level Offset when GSM900M adjacent cells select to report (RprtOffsetCS900)

Description: Report the cell with larger value of signal level and 900_REPORTING_OFFSET first when reporting GSM900M adjacent cells, if there are two cells whose signal levels are higher than or equal to 900_REPORTING_THRESHOLD, and have same REP_PRIORITY

188 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 189: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

Value range: 0 ~ 7, corresponding to 0 ~ 42 db, 6db for each class

Default value: 0

19. Signal level threshold when GSM900M adjacent cells select to report (RprtThoCS900)

Description: It can report GSM900M adjacent cells only when signals of the cell are higher than or equal to 900_REPORTING_THRESHOLD (without dimension, corresponding to RXLEV in measurement report, and mapping relations differ with RXLEV). Whether to permit reporting in a period depends on signal level, REP_PRIORITY, MULTIBAND_REPORTING and 900_REPORTING_OFFSET.

Value range: 0: always; 1 ~ 6: corresponding to 6 ~ 36, and 6 for each class; 7: ∞, indicating never (it will never be over ∞)

Default value: 0

20. Signal level offset when GSM1800M adjacent cells select to report (RprtOffsetCS1800)

Description: Report the cell with larger value of signal level and 1800_REPORTING_OFFSET first when reporting GSM900M adjacent cells, if there are two cells whose signal levels are higher than or equal to 1800_REPORTING_THRESHOLD, and have same REP_PRIORITY

Value range: 0 ~ 7, corresponding to 0 ~ 42 db, 6 db for every class

Default value: 0

21. Signal level threshold when GSM1800M adjacent cells select to report (RprtThoCS1800)

Description: It can report GSM900M adjacent cells only when signals in the cell are higher than or equal to 1800_REPORTING_THRESHOLD (without dimension, corresponding to RXLEV in measurement report, and mapping relations differ with RXLEV). Whether to permit reporting in a period depends on signal level, REP_PRIORITY, MULTIBAND_REPORTING and 1800_REPORTING_OFFSET.

Value range: 0: Always; 1 ~ 6: Corresponding to 6 ~ 36, 6 for every class; 7: ∞, indicating never (it will never be over ∞)

Default value: 0

22. Signal level offset when GSM1900M adjacent cells select to report (RprtOffsetCS1900)

Description: Report the cell with larger value of signal level and 1800_REPORTING_OFFSET first when reporting GSM900M adjacent cells, if there are two cells whose signal levels are higher than or equal to 1800_REPORTING_THRESHOLD, and have same REP_PRIORITY

Value range: 0 ~ 7, corresponding to 0 ~ 42 db, 6 db for every class

Default value: 0

23. Signal level threshold when GSM1900M adjacent cells select to report (RprtThoCS1900)

Description: It can report GSM900M adjacent cells only when signals in the cell are higher than or equal to 1800_REPORTING_THRESHOLD (without dimension, corresponding to RXLEV in measurement report,

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 189

Page 190: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

and mapping relations differ with RXLEV). Whether to permit reporting in a period depends on signal level, REP_PRIORITY, MULTIBAND_REPORTING and 1800_REPORTING_OFFSET.

Value range: 0: Always; 1 ~ 6: Corresponding to 6 ~ 36, 6 for every class; 7: ∞, indicating never (it will never be over ∞)

Default value: 0

24. Signal level offset when WCDMA/FDD adjacent cells select to report (FDDRprtOffsetCS)

Description: Report the cell with larger value of signal level and FDD_REPORTING_OFFSET first when reporting WCDMA/FDD adjacent cells, if there are two cells whose signals are higher than or equal to FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD, and have same REP_PRIORITY

Value range: 0 ~ 7, corresponding 0 ~ 42 db, 6 db for every class

Default value: 0

25. Signal level threshold when WCDMA/FDD adjacent cells select to report (FDDRprtThoCS)

Description: It can report WCDMA/FDD adjacent cells only when signals in the cell are higher than or equal to FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD (without dimension, corresponding to RXLEV in measurement report, and mapping relations differ with RXLEV). Whether to permit reporting in a period depends on signal level, REP_PRIORITY, FDD_MULTIRAT_REPORTING and FDD_REPORTING_OFFSET.

Value range: 0: Always; 1 ~ 6: Corresponding to 6 ~ 36, 6 for every class; 7: ∞, indicating never (it will never be over ∞)

Default value: 0

GPRS Property Parameters1. Increased offset PS when UE reports signal field strength (ScaleOrdPs)

Description: Increased offset PS when UE reports signal field strength. UE maps n+ ScaleOrdCS to the value that original n corresponds to when mapping to RXLEV (0 ~ 63), if actual field strength of one GSM adjacent cell is only n dbm. It is only applicable to “enhanced measurement report” message. UE reports actual value by setting this parameter if field strength of adjacent cell is over –48 dbm. UE will report value of SCALE used in reported “packet enhanced measurement report” message. UE will use the value of best signal level to report if SCALE_ORD = 2.

Value range: 0: 0 db; 1: 10 db; 2; Automatic, determined by UE

Default value: 0

2. Message type that UE reports measurement report (ReportTypePs)

Description: This parameter is to indicate that UE adopts “PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT” or “PACKET ENHANCED MEASUREMENT REPORT” message to report measurement report.

190 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 191: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

Value range:

When configuring PBCCH

0: Using “PACKET ENHANCED MEASUREMENT REPORT” to report measurement report; 1: Using “PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT” to report measurement report

When not configuring PBCCH:

0: Using “PACKET ENHANCED MEASUREMENT REPORT” to report measurement report if configuring at least one BSIC for each frequent point in BA (GPRS) list. Otherwise, use “PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT” to report measurement report; 1: Using “PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT” to report measurement report

Default value: 1

3. Adjacent cells in same frequency band in measurement report (SvrBandRprtPS)

Description: Max adjacent cells in same frequency band as service cell in grouping measurement report or strongest cells list

Value range: 0 ~ 3

Default value: 2

4. Types of 3G adjacent cells reported in measurement report (FDDRepQntPS)

Description: Types of 3G adjacent cells reported in grouping measurement report

Value range: 0: Receiving power of CPICH channel scrambling of this 3G cell in UE, with the unit of dbm; 1: Ec/No, ratio of receiving power and hot noise of CPICH channel scrambling, with the unit of db

Default value: 0

5. Frequency of adjacent cell to report measurement report (ReportRatePS)

Description: Frequency of adjacent cell to report measurement report

Value range: 0: Normal; 1: Low

Default value: 0

6. WCDMA/FDD adjacent cells in measurement report (FDDMulRatRrptPS)

Description: Max WCDMA/FDD adjacent cells in grouping measurement report or strongest cells list. Leave spare places for GSM adjacent cells if WCDMA/FDD adjacent cells reported are not enough (leave for TDD cells if supporting TDD technology)

Value range: 0 ~ 3

Default value: 2

7. Whether to permit UE to report field strength of “NCC allowed, but BCC invalid” cell (InvldBSICRprtPS)

Description: Some NCCs in BSIC of GSM cell are allowed by NCC system, but valid for BCC (that means it is not configured in the

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 191

Page 192: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

system). This parameter is to control whether the system to allow UE to report field strength of such cell

Value range: True: Enabling; False: Disabling

8. Whether UE is able to search 3G adjacent cells in frames requiring BSIC decoding (SearchPrioPS3G)

Description: Whether UE is able to search 3G adjacent cells in frames requiring BSIC decoding (SearchPrioCS3G). UE can use 25 frames at most to search in 13 seconds, if allowed

Value range: True: Enabling; False: Disabling

9. Signal Level Offset when GSM900M adjacent cells select to report (RprtOffsetPS900)

Description: Report the cell with larger value of signal level and RprtOffsetPS900 first when reporting GSM900M adjacent cells, if there are two cells whose signal levels are higher than or equal to 900RprtThoPS, and have same RepPrioPS

Value range: 0 ~ 7, corresponding to 0 ~ 42 db, 6db for each class

Default value:0

10. Signal Level Threshold when GSM900M adjacent cells select to report (RprtThoPS900)

Description: It can report GSM900M adjacent cells only when signals of the cell are higher than or equal to RprtThoPS900 (without dimension, corresponding to RXLEV in measurement report, and mapping relations differ with RXLEV). Whether to permit reporting in a period depends on signal level, RepPrioPS, MulBndRprtPS and RprtOffsetPS900

Value range: 0: Always; 1 ~ 6: corresponding to 6 ~ 36, 6 for every class; 7: ∞, indicating never (it will never be over ∞)

Default value: 0

11. Signal level offset when GSM1800M adjacent cells select to report (RprtOffsetPS1800)

Description: Report the cell with larger value of signal level and FDD_REPORTING_OFFSET first when reporting GSM900Madjacent cells, if there are two cells whose signals are higher than or equal to RprtThoPS1800, and have same RepPrioPS

Value range: 0 ~ 7, corresponding to 0 ~ 42 db, 6 db for each class

Default value: 0

12. Signal level threshold when GSM1800M adjacent cells select to report (RprtThoPS1800)

Description: It can report GSM900M adjacent cells only when signals of the cell are higher than or equal to RprtThoPS1800 (without dimension, corresponding to RXLEV in measurement report, and mapping relations differ with RXLEV). Whether to permit reporting in a period depends on signal level, RepPrioPS, MulBndRprtPS and RprtOffsetPS1800

Value range: 0: Always; 1 ~ 6: Corresponding to 6 ~ 36, 6 for every class; 7: ∞, indicating never (it will never be over ∞)

192 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 193: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

Default value: 0

13. Signal level offset when GSM1900M adjacent cells select to report (RprtOffsetPS1900)

Description: Report the cell with larger value of signal level and RprtThoPS1900 first when reporting GSM900M adjacent cells, if there are two cells whose signals are higher than or equal to RprtThoPS1900, and have same RepPrioPS

Value range: 0 ~ 7, corresponding to 0 ~ 42 db, 6 db for every class

Default value: 0

14. Signal level threshold when GSM1900M adjacent cells select to report (RprtThoPS1900)

Description: It can report GSM900M adjacent cells only when signals of the cell are higher than or equal to RprtThoPS1900 (without dimension, corresponding to RXLEV in measurement report, and mapping relations differ with RXLEV). Whether to permit reporting in a period depends on signal level, RepPrioPS, MulBndRprtPS and RprtOffsetPS1900

Value range: 0: Always; 1 ~ 6: Corresponding to 6 ~ 36, 6 for every class; 7: ∞, indicating never (it will never be over ∞)

Default value: 0

15. Signal level offset when WCDMA/FDD adjacent cells select to report (FDDRprtOffsetPS)

Description: Report the cell with larger value of signal level and RprtThoPS1900 first when reporting WCDMA/FDD adjacent cells, if there are two cells whose signals are higher than or equal to FDDRprtThoPS and have same RepPrioPS

Value range: 0 ~ 7, corresponding to 0 ~ 42 db, 6 db for every class

Default value:

16. Signal level threshold when WCDMA/FDD adjacent cells select to report (FDDRprtThoPS)

Description: It can report WCDMA/FDD adjacent cells only when signals of the cell are higher than or equal to FDDRprtThoPS (without dimension, corresponding to RXLEV in measurement report, and mapping relations differ with RXLEV). Whether to permit reporting in a period depends on signal level, RepPrioPS, FDDMulRatRrptPS and FDDRprtOffsetPS

Value range: 0: Always; 1 ~ 6: Corresponding to 6 ~ 36, 6 for every class; 7: ∞, indicating never (it will never be over ∞)

Default value: 0

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 193

Page 194: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

3G Handover Control Parameters1. Cell 3G Handover Control No. (Ho3GId)

Value range: 1

2. 3G Handover Failure Penalty Period (HoFailPenalTm3G)

Description: A period of protection time to prevent immediate handover after failure, with the unit of period for measurement or measurement report pretreatment

Value range: 1 ~ 255

Default value: 7

3. Slippery window value used when BSC counts Ec/No or average value of RSCP of 3G adjacent cells (HoWindow3G)

Description: Slippery window value used when BSC counts Ec/No or average value of RSCP of 3G adjacent cells

Value range: 1 ~ 31

Default value: 6

4. Permitted zeroes in 3G adjacent cells measurement value (ZeroAllowed3G)

Description: MS can only report measurement results of six strongest adjacent cells at one time, according to GSM specifications. Therefore, measurement results of adjacent cells recorded by BCC may not be continuous. BCC records missing measurement data as 0 (indicating less than -110dBm). 0 may have bad effect on average counting and they can be left out when counting the average. Display of too many 0 may indicate that signals in this adjacent cell is too bad. ZeroAllowed applies to average counting and it is normal for 0 to display, no matter how many times. They can all be left out. Reliability of sample value is low if 0 appears over ZeroAllowed during the average counting. Measurement average = Total of reported values/NcellWindow. Reliability of sample value ishigh if 0 appears less than ZeroAllowed in reported values. Measurement values = Total reported values/(NCellWindow – Zeroes)

Value range: 0 ~ 31

Default value: 1

5. Control value whether to support handover between systems inside BSC (InterSysHoCtrl)

Description: Control value whether to support handover between systems inside BSC, controlling hand in and hand out simultaneously

Value range: True: Enabling; False: Disabling

6. RSCP threshold of handover from GSM to 3G (HoRSCPThs3G)

Description: Handover from GSM to 3G initiates and the adjacent cell can be as destination candidate cell for handover, when at least 3GHoRSCP_N average value of RSCP are reserved for a 3G adjacent cell in BSC, and when at least 3GHoRSCP_P are over or equal to 3GHoRSCPThs in latest 3GHoRSCP_N个RSCP average values of RSCP

194 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 195: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

Value range: 0 ~ 63

Default value: 35

7. P of RSCP during handover from GSM to 3G (HoRSCP_P_3G)

Description: Handover from GSM to 3G initiates when at least 3G_HO_RSCP_P are over or equal to 3G_HO_RSCP_THS in the average value of 3G_HO_RSCP_N RSCP

Value range: 0 ~ 63

Default value: 35

8. N of RSCP during handover from GSM to 3G (HoRSCP_N_3G)

Description: Handover from GSM to 3G initiates when at least 3G_HO_RSCP_P are over or equal to 3G_HO_RSCP_THS in the average value of 3G_HO_RSCP_N RSCP

Value range: 0 ~ 63

Default value: 35

9. Ec/NO threshold during handover from GSM to 3G (HoEcNoThs3G)

Description: Handover from GSM to 3G initiates and the adjacent cell can be as destination candidate cell for handover, when at least 3G_HO_ Ec/No_N average value of Ec/No are reserved for a 3G adjacent cell in BSC, and when at least 3G_HO_ Ec/No _P are over or equal to 3G_HO_ Ec/No _THS in latest 3G_HO_ Ec/No _N average values of RSCP

Value range: 0 ~ 49

Default value: 25

10. P of Ec/NO during handover from GSM to 3G (HoEcNo_P_3G)

Description: Handover from GSM to 3G initiates when at least 3G_HO_Ec/No_P are over or equal to 3G_HO_Ec/No_THS in the average value of 3G_HO_Ec/No_N Ec/No

Value range: 0 ~ 49

Default value: 25

11. N of Ec/NO during handover from GSM to 3G (HoEcNo_N_3G)

Description: Handover from GSM to 3G initiates when at least 3G_HO_Ec/No_P are over or equal to 3G_HO_Ec/No_THS in the average value of 3G_HO_Ec/No_N Ec/No

Value range: 0 ~ 49

Default value: 25

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 195

Page 196: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

3G Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters1. 3G adjacent cells reselection object No. (AC3GId)

Value range: 1 ~ 32

2. Priority when reporting measurement report (PS) (RepPrioPS)

Description: Priority of adjacent cells to report measurement reports

Value range: 0: Low; 1: High

Default value: o

3G Handover Cell Parameters1. 3G adjacent cells handover object No. (AC3GId)

Value range: 33 ~ 66

2. RSCP offset during handover to this 3G adjacent cell (HoRSCPOffset3G)

Description: Handover from GSM to 3G indicates that 3G adjacent cells meet lowest requirements of UE normal communication. Parameter 3GHoRSCPOffset is necessary condition for handover, that is, 3G adjacent cell can be destination cell only when meeting the requirment that average of current RSCP is larger than or equal to HoRSCPThs3G+3GHoRSCPOffset3G. This parameter is to ensure uplink/downlink of 3G adjacent cells to provide enough field strength and to control the priority of one UE to hand over to different adjacent cells

Value range: 0 ~ 63

Default value: 5

3. Ec/No offset during handover to this 3G adjacent cell (HoEcNoOffset3G)

Description: Handover from GSM to 3G indicates that 3G adjacent cells meet lowest requirements of UE normal communication. Parameter 3GhoEcNoOffset is necessary condition for handover, that is, 3G adjacent cell can be destination cell only when meeting the requirment that average of current RSCP is larger than or equal to HoEcNoThs3G +hoEcNoOffset3G. This parameter is to ensure uplink/downlink of 3G adjacent cells to provide enough field strength and to control the priority of one UE to hand over to different adjacent cells

Value range: 0 ~ 49

Default value: 5

4. Priority of adjacent cells to repot measurement report (RepPrioCS)

Description: Priority of adjacent cells to repot measurement report. Order:

196 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 197: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Chapter 4 - Cell Object Parameters

Adjacent cells in same frequency band as service cell, which meet following features:

Color code BSIC is valid

Measured field strength is at top place of all cells with same frequency band (first several depend on SERVING_BAND_REPORTING), larger than or equal to lower limit specified in XXX_REPORTING_THRESHOLD (XXX represents frequency band of service cell)

Adjacent cells in different frequency band from service cell, which meet following features:

Color code is BSIC is valid

Measured field strength is at top place of all cells with same frequency band (first several depend on MULTIBAND_REPORTING), larger than or equal to lower limit specified in XXX_REPORTING_THRESHOLD (XXX represents a frequency band different form that of service cell)

Cells of other access technologies: like WCDMA/FDD adjacent cells, which meet following features:

Scrambling of the cell is correct

Measured field strength is at top place of all access technologies, like WCDMA/FDD (first several depend on XXX_MULTIRAT_REPORTING), larger than or equal to lower limit specified in XXX_REPORTING_THRESHOLD (XXX represents access technology, like WCDMA/FDD)

Report frequency is rather low, at least once in four times, if REP_PRIORITY and REPORTING_RATE are low, in GSM adjacent cells with valid BSIC, or with NCC permission but with invalid BCC (if permitted), or with valid other access technologies

Notes for above priorities:

Leave spare spaces for adjacent cells with next priority level if there are

Cells with access technologies or high frequency band REP_PRIORITY are prior when meeting requirements

The cell with larger value of XXX_REPORTING_THRESHOLD and XXX_REPORTING_OFFSET is prior, when REP_PRIORITY of them are same

Value range: 0: Low; 1: High

Default value: 0

5. DN of relevant 3G external cell

Description: DN of 3G external cell under this BSS

Value range: 1 ~ 65535

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 197

Page 198: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

3G Handover and Reselection Parameters1. 3G adjacent cell handover reselection object No. (AC3GId)

Value range: 65 ~ 96

2. RSCP offset to hand over to this 3G adjacent cell (HoRSCPOffset3G)

Description: Handover from GSM to 3G indicates that 3G adjacent cells meet lowest requirements of UE normal communication. Parameter 3GHoRSCPOffset is necessary condition for handover, that is, 3G adjacent cell can be destination cell only when meeting the requirment that average of current RSCP is larger than or equal to 3GHoRSCPThs+3GHoRSCPOffset. This parameter is to ensure uplink/downlink of 3G adjacent cells to provide enough field strength and to control the priority of one UE to hand over to different adjacent cells

Value range: 0 ~ 63

Default value: 5

3. Ec/No offset to hand over to this 3G adjacent cell (HoEcNoOffset3G)

Description: Handover from GSM to 3G indicates that 3G adjacent cells meet lowest requirements of UE normal communication. Parameter 3GhoEcNoOffset is necessary condition for handover, that is, 3G adjacent cell can be destination cell only when meeting the requirment that average of current EcNo is larger than or equal to 3GHoEcNoThs +3GhoEcNoOffset. This parameter is to ensure uplink/downlink of 3G adjacent cells to provide enough field strength and to control the priority of one UE to hand over to different adjacent cells

Value range: 0 ~ 49

Default value: 5

4. Report priority of adjacent cell report measurement (RepPrioCS)

Description: See priority of adjacent cell report measurement report in 3G handover cell parameter (RepPrioCS)

Value range: 0 ~ 1

Default value: 0

5. Report priority when reporting measurement report (PS) (RepPrioPS)

Description: See priority of adjacent cell report measurement report in 3G adjacent cell reselection parameter (RepPrioPS)

Value range: 0 ~ 1

Default value: 0

6. Relevant 3G external cell

Description: DN of 3G external cell under this BSS

Value range: 1 ~ 65535

198 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 199: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Figures

Figure 1 Main Interface........................................................16

Figure 2 Illustration for Two Clocks to Control Cell Flow..........40

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 199

Page 200: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

This page is intentionally blank.

200 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 201: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Tables

Table 1 Typographical Conventions.........................................xi

Table 2 Mouse Operation Conventions....................................xii

Table 3 Safety Signs.............................................................xii

Table 4 Value Range of LoadValidTime...................................19

Table 5 Value Table of Load Indication Period.........................20

Table 6 Value Range of OverLevel..........................................20

Table 7 Value Range of ResourceIndThs.................................22

Table 8 Value Range of Blocking/Unblocking Period................23

Table 9 Value Range of Global Resetting Period......................24

Table 10 Value Range of Protective Period for Handover Request...........................................................................................25

Table 11 Value Range of Source BSC Handover Execution Period...........................................................................................25

Table 12 Value Range of Assignment Period...........................26

Table 13 Value Range of Protective Period for Global Resetting26

Table 14 Value Range of First Overload Period of Flow Control.27

Table 15 Value Range of Second Overload Period of Flow Control...........................................................................................27

Table 16 Value Range of Circuit Resetting Period at BSS Side...28

Table 17 Value Range of Circuit Group Blocking/unblocking Period.................................................................................28

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 201

Page 202: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Table 18 Value Range of T9101.............................................29

Table 19 Value RANGE of T9103............................................29

Table 20 Value Range of T9104.............................................30

Table 21 Value Range of T9105.............................................30

Table 22 Value Range of T9108.............................................31

Table 23 Value Range of T9113.............................................31

Table 24 Value Range of zxgT1..............................................32

Table 25 Value Range of zxgT2..............................................32

Table 26 Value Range of zxgT3..............................................33

Table 27 Value Range of zxgT5..............................................34

Table 28 Value Range of zxgT6..............................................34

Table 29 Value Range of zxgT7..............................................35

Table 30 Value Range of zxgT9..............................................35

Table 31 Value Range of zxgT10............................................36

Table 32 Value Range of zxgT11............................................36

Table 33 Value Range of zxgT13............................................37

Table 34 Value Range of zxgT1..............................................37

Table 35 Value Range of zxgT6..............................................38

Table 36 Value Range of rmsTqho..........................................38

Table 37 Value Range of zxgmT7...........................................39

Table 38 Value Range of Tmirco............................................40

Table 39 Value Range of T3101.............................................41

Table 40 Value Range of T3103.............................................41

Table 41 Value Range of T3107.............................................42

Table 42 Value Range of T3109.............................................43

Table 43 Value Range of T3111.............................................43

202 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 203: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Table 44 Value Range of Tbsic...............................................44

Table 45 Value Range of MS CSMode......................................53

Table 46 Value Range of Cell Frequency Band.........................60

Table 47 Value Range of MS Min RxLev to Access....................62

Table 48 Value Range of MS Max TxPwr before Network POC...63

Table 49 Value Range of Offset..............................................64

Table 50 Value Range of Temporary Offset.............................64

Table 51 Values of Penalty Time............................................65

Table 52 Value Range of Level Threshold...............................65

Table 53 Value Range of Cell Type.........................................69

Table 54 Value Range of Cell Frequency Band.........................70

Table 55 Value Range of Reselect Hysteresis Power Level.......71

Table 56 Value Range of RbusyThs........................................72

Table 57 Value Range of MS Get Minimal Intensity When Visit this Cell...............................................................................75

Table 58 Value Range of RACH Load Indication Threshold.......75

Table 59 Value Range of PCH Load Indication Threshold..........76

Table 60 Value Range of MaxRetrans.....................................76

Table 61 Value Range of MS Max Transmit Power When Access...........................................................................................77

Table 62 Value Range of AGCH Model Count...........................78

Table 63 Value Range of Call Team Account for Multiframe Count...........................................................................................79

Table 64 Value Range of Most Time Interval of MR Resend at RACH (T3122).....................................................................80

Table 65 Value Range of T3212 Timer....................................82

Table 66 Value Range of Cell Bar Qualify................................83

Table 67 Value Range of Cell Reselection Offset (CRO)............85

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 203

Page 204: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Table 68 Value Range of Temp Offset (TO).............................86

Table 69 Value Range of Penalty Time (PO)............................87

Table 70 Value Range of Power Offset...................................88

Table 71 Value Ranges of Assign Remove Mark (Choose, Damage) and HandOver Remove Mark (Choose, Damage).......90

Table 72 Value Range of FACCH Call Setup.............................91

Table 73 Value Range of Optimize TxPwr ..............................92

Table 74 Value Range of Uplink Best Signal Level....................93

Table 75 Value Range of Downlink Best Signal Level...............93

Table 76 Value Range of Up-Downlink Signal Balance.............94

Table 77 Value Range of Allow Uplink Minimal Signal Level......94

Table 78 Value Range of Survey Period..................................96

Table 79 Value Range of Interference Boundaries...................96

Table 80 Value Range of Level Threshold of Survey RLF...........97

Table 81 Value Range of Quality Threshold of Survey RLF........98

Table 82 PHY INFO Period During SDCCH Handover................99

Table 83 PHY INFO Period During TCH Handover....................99

Table 84 Value Range of Time Interval of MS Access Attempt after an Access Failure........................................................100

Table85 Value Range of Adjacent Cell Num of Neighbor Band Reported in MultiBand........................................................101

Table 86 Value Range of MS DTX Mode (Broadcast on BCCH). 102

Table 87 Value Range of MS DTX Mode (Broadcast on SACCH).........................................................................................103

Table 88 Values of T200 Timer............................................103

Table 89 Value range of Whether to Perform Handover Pretreatment and Report Period..........................................104

Table 90 Value Range of Structure Parameter of Common Control Channel (CCCH)......................................................105

204 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 205: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Table 91 Value Range of Cell Configuration...........................105

Table 92 Value Range of Encrypt Mode Supported by Cell .....106

Table 93 Value Range of GPRS Cell Reselection Offset...........106

Table 94 Value Range of Cell Reselection Temporary Offset. . .107

Table 95 Value Range of Cell Reselection Penalty Time..........107

Table 96 Value Range of Minimal Time Interval of Cell Reselection........................................................................108

Table 97 Value Range of Signal Intensity Threshold Value of HCS.........................................................................................108

Table 98 Value Range of GPRS Cell Reselection Hysteresis.....110

Table 99 Value Range of Route Area Reselection Hysteresis.. .110

Table 100 Value Range of Minimal Receiving Level Allowed for MS Access..........................................................................111

Table 101 Value Range of MS Maximum TxPwr Before Network POC...................................................................................112

Table 102 Value Range of Offset between Cells with Same LSA Priority..............................................................................113

Table 103 Value Range of MS Signal Intensity Threshold on High Priority Cell Reselection......................................................114

Table 104 Value Range of Cell Reselection Survey Report Period (Packet Idle Mode).............................................................114

Table 105 Value Range of Cell Reselection Survey Report Period (Packet Transmission Mode)...............................................115

Table 106 Value Range of NS Survey Report Command.........115

Table 107 Value Range of Network Control Command...........116

Table 108 Value Range of Minimal Time in non-DRX Mode.....116

Table 109 Value Range of MS Extended Survey Command.....117

Table 110 Value range of MS Extended Survey Report Type.. .117

Table 111 Value Range of Extended Survey Report Interval Time.........................................................................................118

Table 112 Value Range of T3168..........................................119

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 205

Page 206: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Table 113 Value Range of T3192..........................................119

Table 114 Value Range of N3102.........................................120

Table 115 Value Range of Network Operation Mode..............121

Table 116 Value Range of Time Length after Entering Non-Drx Mode.................................................................................121

Table 117 Value Range of Max Blocks Allowed to be Transmitted in Each TS..........................................................................122

Table 118 Value Range of Package Control Acknowledgement Type Default Format...........................................................122

Table 119 Value Range of Access Burst Bit Type....................123

Table 120 Value Range of Priority Level of Package Access Allowed.............................................................................124

Table 121 Value Range of Sending Rate...............................125

Table 122 Value Range of PSI1 Message Repeat Period.........126

Table 123 Value Range of Network Supporting PACKET PSI STATUS Message................................................................126

Table 124 Value Range of Blocks distributed to PBCCH in Multiframes.......................................................................127

Table 125 Value Range of Blocks Allowed to be Kept in Access.........................................................................................128

Table 126 Value Range of Fixed Blocks for PRACH on PCCCH..128

Table 127 Value Range of Max Retransmission Times of Each Radio Priority Level............................................................129

Table 128 Value range of Access and Connection Level of Different Radio Priority Levels.............................................129

Table 129 Value Range of Min TS Interval of Adjacent Channel Requirement......................................................................130

Table 130 Value Range of TS Number of Trans. Random Access.........................................................................................131

Table 131 Value Range of MS Power Control Parameter Alpha.........................................................................................132

Table 132 Value Range of Filter Period of Power in Packet Idle Mode.................................................................................133

206 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 207: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Table 133 Value Range of Filter Period of Power in Packet Transmission Mode.............................................................133

Table 134 Value Range of PBCCH Power Decrease According to BCCH.................................................................................134

Table 135 Value Range of Survey Position............................134

Table 136 Value Range of Filter Const of Interference Signal Power...............................................................................135

Table 137 TRX Types..........................................................140

Table 138 Threshold Value Range of Pwr. INC due to Uplink Level.................................................................................145

Table 139 Threshold Value Range of Pwr. INC Due to Downlink Level.................................................................................146

Table 140 Threshold Value Range of Pwr. DEC due to Uplink Level.................................................................................146

Table 141 Threshold Value Range of Pwr. DEC due to Downlink Level.................................................................................147

Table 142 Threshold value range of Pwr. INC due to Uplink Quality..............................................................................147

Table 143 Threshold Value Range of Pwr. DEC due to Downlink Quality..............................................................................148

Table 144 Threshold Value Range of Pwr. DEC Due to Uplink Quality..............................................................................149

Table 145 Threshold Value Range of Pwr. DEC due to Downlink Quality..............................................................................149

Table 146 Value Range of MS TxPwr Increase Step...............151

Table 147 Value Range of MS TxPwr Decrease Step...............151

Table 148 Value Range of MS Max. TxPwr............................152

Table 149 Value Range of MS Min. TxPwr.............................153

Table 150 Value Range of BS Min. TxPwr..............................153

Table 151 Value Range of Uplink Power Control Strategy.......154

Table 152 Value Range of Downlink Power Control Strategy. .154

Table 153 Value Range of Downlink Power Control Mode.......154

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 207

Page 208: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

ZXG10-BSS (V2.80) Base Station Subsystem Operation Manual (Radio Parameters)

Table 154 Value Range of Power Decrease Based on BCCH....155

Table 155 Value Range of Receive Power Strength from MS Needed..............................................................................155

Table 156 Value Range of Uplink RxLev Level.......................161

Table 157 Value range of Downlink RxLev Threshold.............162

Table 158 Value Range of Uplink RxQual Threshold...............163

Table 159 Value Range of Downlink RxQual Level.................163

Table 160 Value Range of Uplink RxLev Threshold of Internal Handover..........................................................................164

Table 161 Value Range of Downlink RxLev Threshold of Internal Handover..........................................................................165

Table 162 Value Range of Threshold of C/I Allow to Access Special TRX........................................................................165

Table 163 Value Range of Threshold of C/I when Allow Handover From Special TRX...............................................................166

Table 164 Value Range of Rapid Handover Level...................166

Table 165 Value Range of Macro-Micro Handover Level.........167

Table 166 Value Range of Distance Handover Level...............168

Table 167 Value range of Minimum Time Interval.................168

Table 168 Value Range of Hierarchy Can Use Standard PBGT HO.........................................................................................169

Table 169 Value Range of Level of Minimal RxLev.................170

Table 170 Value Range of Handover Method.........................171

Table 171 Value Range of HoControl....................................171

Table 172 Value Range of Parameter...................................174

Table 173 Value Range of Adjacent Cell Max TxPwr...............177

Table 174 Value Range of Min RxLev Needed........................178

Table 175 Value Range of Cell Layer Num.............................179

Table 176 Value Range of Cell Layer Num.............................179

208 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Page 209: ZTE GSM BTS Operational Template.pdf

Table 177 Value Range of Minimal PBGT Threshold...............180

Table 178 Value Range of Minimal Threshold of RxLev HO.....180

Table 179 Value Range of Micro Level of Quality Handover.. . .181

Table 180 Value Range of TS Radio Channel Combination Setting.........................................................................................183

Table 181 Value Range of Sub Time Slot No..........................184

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 209